]> Git Repo - binutils.git/blame_incremental - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / binutils.git / blame_incremental
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blob | blame (non-incremental) | history | HEAD
* remote.c (struct packet_reg): Declare.
[binutils.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
... / ...
CommitLineData
1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25#include <stdio.h>
26
27#include "as.h"
28#include "safe-ctype.h"
29#include "subsegs.h"
30
31#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34#include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38#endif
39
40/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43#ifdef OBJ_ELF
44#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46/* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58/* How to generate a relocation. */
59#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60#else
61#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62#endif
63
64/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66#define obj_version obj_elf_version
67#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72#ifdef OBJ_SOM
73/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80typedef int reloc_type;
81
82/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83#define obj_version obj_som_version
84#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86/* How to generate a relocation. */
87#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95#ifndef R_DLT_REL
96#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97#endif
98
99#ifndef R_N0SEL
100#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101#endif
102
103#ifndef R_N1SEL
104#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105#endif
106#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110#else
111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112#endif
113
114/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208fp_operand_format;
209
210/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225pa_symbol_type;
226
227/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292#ifdef OBJ_SOM
293/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
365 char common;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
368 to be multiply defined. */
369 char dup_common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
372 char zero;
373
374 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
375 unsigned char sort;
376
377 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
378 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
379 int access;
380
381 /* Index of containing space. */
382 int space_index;
383
384 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
385 int alignment;
386
387 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
388 int quadrant;
389
390 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
391 int def_space_index;
392
393 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
394 subsegT subsegment;
395 };
396
397/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
398 dictionary entries. */
399
400struct default_space_dict
401 {
402 /* Name of the space. */
403 char *name;
404
405 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
406 assembly code numerically! */
407 int spnum;
408
409 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
410 char loadable;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
413 char defined;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
416 char private;
417
418 /* Sort key for this space. */
419 unsigned char sort;
420
421 /* Segment associated with this space. */
422 asection *segment;
423 };
424#endif
425
426/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
427 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
428 label. */
429typedef struct label_symbol_struct
430 {
431 struct symbol *lss_label;
432#ifdef OBJ_SOM
433 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
434#endif
435#ifdef OBJ_ELF
436 segT lss_segment;
437#endif
438 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
439 }
440label_symbol_struct;
441
442/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
443struct hppa_fix_struct
444 {
445 /* The field selector. */
446 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
447
448 /* Type of fixup. */
449 int fx_r_type;
450
451 /* Format of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_format;
453
454 /* Argument relocation bits. */
455 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
456
457 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
458 segT segment;
459 };
460
461/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
462
463struct pd_reg
464 {
465 char *name;
466 int value;
467 };
468
469/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
470 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
471struct fp_cond_map
472 {
473 char *string;
474 int cond;
475 };
476
477/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
478 string to a field selector type. */
479struct selector_entry
480 {
481 char *prefix;
482 int field_selector;
483 };
484
485/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
486
487#ifdef OBJ_SOM
488static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
489#endif
490
491#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
492static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
493static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
494static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
495#endif
496static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
497static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
498static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
499static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
500static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
501static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
502static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
503static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
504static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
505static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
506static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
507static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
508static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
509static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
510static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
511static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
512static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
513static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
519static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
520static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
521static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
522static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
523static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
524static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
525static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
526static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
527static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
528static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
529static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
530static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
531static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
532static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
533static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
534static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
535static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
536static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
537static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
538static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
539static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
540static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
541static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
542static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
543static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
544#ifdef OBJ_SOM
545static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
546static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
547static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
548static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
549static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
550static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
551static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
552 int, int, int,
553 asection *, int));
554static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
555 char *, int, int,
556 int, int, int,
557 int, int, int, int,
558 int, asection *));
559static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int,
563 asection *));
564static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
565static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
566static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
567static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
568 subsegT));
569static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
570static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
571static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
572static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
573static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
574#endif
575static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
576static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
577 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
578 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
579 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
580 int, unsigned int, int));
581static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
582static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
583static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
584static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
585static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
586static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
587static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
588static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
589
590#ifdef OBJ_ELF
591static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
592static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
593static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
594static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
595#endif
596
597/* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
598
599#ifdef OBJ_SOM
600/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
601static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
602static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
603
604/* The current space and subspace. */
605static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
606static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
607#endif
608
609/* Root of the call_info chain. */
610static struct call_info *call_info_root;
611
612/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
613 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
614 function labels. */
615static struct call_info *last_call_info;
616
617/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
618static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
619
620/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
621static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
622
623/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
624 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
625 dependent tables? */
626const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
627{
628 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
629 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
630#ifdef OBJ_SOM
631 {"align", pa_align, 8},
632#endif
633#ifdef OBJ_ELF
634 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
635#endif
636 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
637 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
638 {"block", pa_block, 1},
639 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
640 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
641 {"call", pa_call, 0},
642 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
643#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
644 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
645#else
646 {"code", pa_text, 0},
647 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
648#endif
649#ifdef OBJ_SOM
650 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
651#endif
652 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
653#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
654 {"data", pa_data, 0},
655#endif
656 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
657 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
658 {"end", pa_end, 0},
659 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
660#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
662#endif
663 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
664 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
665 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
666 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
667 {"export", pa_export, 0},
668#ifdef OBJ_ELF
669 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
670#endif
671 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
672 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
673 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
674 {"import", pa_import, 0},
675 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
676 {"label", pa_label, 0},
677 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
678 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
679 {"level", pa_level, 0},
680#ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
682#endif
683 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
684 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
685#ifdef OBJ_SOM
686 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
687#endif
688 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
689 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
690 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"param", pa_param, 0},
692 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
693 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
694 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
695 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
696 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
697 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
698#ifdef OBJ_SOM
699 {"space", pa_space, 0},
700 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
701#endif
702 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
703 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
704#ifdef OBJ_SOM
705 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
706#endif
707#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
708 {"text", pa_text, 0},
709#endif
710 {"version", pa_version, 0},
711#ifdef OBJ_ELF
712 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
713 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
714#endif
715 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
716 {NULL, 0, 0}
717};
718
719/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
720 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
721 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
722
723 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
724 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
725 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
726
727 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
728const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
729
730/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
731 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
732const char comment_chars[] = ";";
733
734/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
735const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
736
737/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
738const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
739
740/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
741 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
742
743 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
744 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
745 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
746const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
747
748static struct pa_it the_insn;
749
750/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
751 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
752 variable. */
753static char *expr_end;
754
755/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
756static int callinfo_found;
757
758/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
759static int within_entry_exit;
760
761/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
762static int within_procedure;
763
764/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
765 seen in each subspace. */
766static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
767
768/* Holds the last field selector. */
769static int hppa_field_selector;
770
771/* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
772
773 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
774 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
775static int strict = 0;
776
777/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
778 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
779 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
780 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
781 register has a `r' suffix. */
782#define FP_REG_BASE 64
783#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
784static int pa_number;
785
786#ifdef OBJ_SOM
787/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
788static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
789#endif
790
791/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
792static int print_errors = 1;
793
794/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
795
796 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
797 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
798
799 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
800 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
801
802 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
803 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
804 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
805 again have the value <REGNUM>.
806
807 Many registers also have synonyms:
808
809 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
810 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
811 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
812 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
813 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
814
815 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
816 here for brevity.
817
818 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
819
820static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
821{
822 {"%arg0", 26},
823 {"%arg1", 25},
824 {"%arg2", 24},
825 {"%arg3", 23},
826 {"%cr0", 0},
827 {"%cr10", 10},
828 {"%cr11", 11},
829 {"%cr12", 12},
830 {"%cr13", 13},
831 {"%cr14", 14},
832 {"%cr15", 15},
833 {"%cr16", 16},
834 {"%cr17", 17},
835 {"%cr18", 18},
836 {"%cr19", 19},
837 {"%cr20", 20},
838 {"%cr21", 21},
839 {"%cr22", 22},
840 {"%cr23", 23},
841 {"%cr24", 24},
842 {"%cr25", 25},
843 {"%cr26", 26},
844 {"%cr27", 27},
845 {"%cr28", 28},
846 {"%cr29", 29},
847 {"%cr30", 30},
848 {"%cr31", 31},
849 {"%cr8", 8},
850 {"%cr9", 9},
851 {"%dp", 27},
852 {"%eiem", 15},
853 {"%eirr", 23},
854 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
861 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
903 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
941 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%hta", 25},
951 {"%iir", 19},
952 {"%ior", 21},
953 {"%ipsw", 22},
954 {"%isr", 20},
955 {"%itmr", 16},
956 {"%iva", 14},
957#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
958 {"%mrp", 2},
959#else
960 {"%mrp", 31},
961#endif
962 {"%pcoq", 18},
963 {"%pcsq", 17},
964 {"%pidr1", 8},
965 {"%pidr2", 9},
966 {"%pidr3", 12},
967 {"%pidr4", 13},
968 {"%ppda", 24},
969 {"%r0", 0},
970 {"%r1", 1},
971 {"%r10", 10},
972 {"%r11", 11},
973 {"%r12", 12},
974 {"%r13", 13},
975 {"%r14", 14},
976 {"%r15", 15},
977 {"%r16", 16},
978 {"%r17", 17},
979 {"%r18", 18},
980 {"%r19", 19},
981 {"%r2", 2},
982 {"%r20", 20},
983 {"%r21", 21},
984 {"%r22", 22},
985 {"%r23", 23},
986 {"%r24", 24},
987 {"%r25", 25},
988 {"%r26", 26},
989 {"%r27", 27},
990 {"%r28", 28},
991 {"%r29", 29},
992 {"%r3", 3},
993 {"%r30", 30},
994 {"%r31", 31},
995 {"%r4", 4},
996 {"%r5", 5},
997 {"%r6", 6},
998 {"%r7", 7},
999 {"%r8", 8},
1000 {"%r9", 9},
1001 {"%rctr", 0},
1002 {"%ret0", 28},
1003 {"%ret1", 29},
1004 {"%rp", 2},
1005 {"%sar", 11},
1006 {"%sp", 30},
1007 {"%sr0", 0},
1008 {"%sr1", 1},
1009 {"%sr2", 2},
1010 {"%sr3", 3},
1011 {"%sr4", 4},
1012 {"%sr5", 5},
1013 {"%sr6", 6},
1014 {"%sr7", 7},
1015 {"%tr0", 24},
1016 {"%tr1", 25},
1017 {"%tr2", 26},
1018 {"%tr3", 27},
1019 {"%tr4", 28},
1020 {"%tr5", 29},
1021 {"%tr6", 30},
1022 {"%tr7", 31}
1023};
1024
1025/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1026 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1027 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1028static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1029{
1030 {"false?", 0},
1031 {"false", 1},
1032 {"true?", 30},
1033 {"true", 31},
1034 {"!<=>", 3},
1035 {"!?>=", 8},
1036 {"!?<=", 16},
1037 {"!<>", 7},
1038 {"!>=", 11},
1039 {"!?>", 12},
1040 {"?<=", 14},
1041 {"!<=", 19},
1042 {"!?<", 20},
1043 {"?>=", 22},
1044 {"!?=", 24},
1045 {"!=t", 27},
1046 {"<=>", 29},
1047 {"=t", 5},
1048 {"?=", 6},
1049 {"?<", 10},
1050 {"<=", 13},
1051 {"!>", 15},
1052 {"?>", 18},
1053 {">=", 21},
1054 {"!<", 23},
1055 {"<>", 25},
1056 {"!=", 26},
1057 {"!?", 28},
1058 {"?", 2},
1059 {"=", 4},
1060 {"<", 9},
1061 {">", 17}
1062};
1063
1064static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1065{
1066 {"f", e_fsel},
1067 {"l", e_lsel},
1068 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1069 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1070 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1071 {"ls", e_lssel},
1072 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1073 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1074 {"n", e_nsel},
1075 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1076 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1077 {"p", e_psel},
1078 {"r", e_rsel},
1079 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1080 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1081 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1082 {"rs", e_rssel},
1083 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1084 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1085 {"t", e_tsel},
1086};
1087
1088#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1089/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1090
1091#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1092#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093
1094/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1095#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1096#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1097#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1098#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1099#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1100#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1101#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1102#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1103
1104static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1105{
1106 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1107 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1108 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1109 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1110 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1111 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1112};
1113
1114static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1115{
1116 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1117 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1119};
1120
1121/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1122
1123/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1124#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1125#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1126#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1127#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1128
1129#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1130#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1131#endif
1132
1133/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1134 a right or left half of a FP register */
1135#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1136#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1137
1138/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1139 main loop after insertion. */
1140
1141#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1142 { \
1143 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1144 continue; \
1145 }
1146
1147/* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1148 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1149
1150#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1151 { \
1152 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1153 { \
1154 if (! IGNORE) \
1155 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1156 (int) (FIELD));\
1157 break; \
1158 } \
1159 }
1160
1161/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1162 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1163
1164#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1165 { \
1166 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1167 { \
1168 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1169 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1170 (int) (FIELD));\
1171 break; \
1172 } \
1173 }
1174
1175/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1176 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1177
1178#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1179 { \
1180 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1181 { \
1182 if (! IGNORE) \
1183 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1184 (int) (FIELD));\
1185 break; \
1186 } \
1187 }
1188
1189#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1190 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1191 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1192
1193#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1194 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1195 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1196
1197/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1198 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1199 need real complex handling yet. */
1200#define is_complex(exp) \
1201 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1202
1203/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1204
1205/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1206 proc/procend pairs match. */
1207
1208void
1209pa_check_eof ()
1210{
1211 if (within_entry_exit)
1212 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1213
1214 if (within_procedure)
1215 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1216}
1217
1218/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1219 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1220
1221static label_symbol_struct *
1222pa_get_label ()
1223{
1224 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1225
1226 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1227 label_chain;
1228 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1229 {
1230#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1231 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1232 return label_chain;
1233#endif
1234#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1235 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1236 return label_chain;
1237#endif
1238 }
1239
1240 return NULL;
1241}
1242
1243/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1244 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1245
1246void
1247pa_define_label (symbol)
1248 symbolS *symbol;
1249{
1250 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1251
1252 if (label_chain)
1253 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1254 else
1255 {
1256 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1257 label_chain
1258 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1259 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1260#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1261 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1262#endif
1263#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1264 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1265#endif
1266 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1267
1268 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1269 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1270
1271 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1272 }
1273}
1274
1275/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1276 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1277
1278static void
1279pa_undefine_label ()
1280{
1281 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1282 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1283
1284 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1285 label_chain;
1286 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1287 {
1288 if (1
1289#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1290 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1291#endif
1292#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1293 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1294#endif
1295 )
1296 {
1297 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1298 if (prev_label_chain)
1299 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1300 else
1301 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1302
1303 free (label_chain);
1304 break;
1305 }
1306 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1307 }
1308}
1309
1310/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1311 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1312 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1313 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1314 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1315 tc_fix_data field. */
1316
1317static void
1318fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1319 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1320 fragS *frag;
1321 int where;
1322 int size;
1323 symbolS *add_symbol;
1324 offsetT offset;
1325 expressionS *exp;
1326 int pcrel;
1327 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1328 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1329 int r_format;
1330 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1331 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1332{
1333 fixS *new_fix;
1334
1335 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1336 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1337
1338 if (exp != NULL)
1339 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1340 else
1341 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1342 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1343 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1347 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1348#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1349 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1350 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1351#endif
1352
1353 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1354 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1355 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1356 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1357 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1358 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1359 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1360}
1361
1362/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1363 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1364
1365void
1366parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1367 expressionS *exp;
1368{
1369 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1370 expression (exp);
1371}
1372
1373/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1374 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1375
1376void
1377cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1378 fragS *frag;
1379 int where;
1380 int size;
1381 expressionS *exp;
1382{
1383 unsigned int rel_type;
1384
1385 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1386 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1387 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1388 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1389 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1390 else
1391 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1392
1393 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1394 {
1395 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1396 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1397 }
1398
1399 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1400 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1401 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1402
1403 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1404 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1405}
1406
1407/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1408 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1409
1410void
1411md_begin ()
1412{
1413 const char *retval = NULL;
1414 int lose = 0;
1415 unsigned int i = 0;
1416
1417 last_call_info = NULL;
1418 call_info_root = NULL;
1419
1420 /* Set the default machine type. */
1421 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1422 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1423
1424 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1425 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1426 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1427 {
1428 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1429 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1430 }
1431
1432#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1433 pa_spaces_begin ();
1434#endif
1435
1436 op_hash = hash_new ();
1437
1438 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1439 {
1440 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1441 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1442 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1443 {
1444 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1445 lose = 1;
1446 }
1447 do
1448 {
1449 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1450 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1451 {
1452 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1453 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1454 lose = 1;
1455 }
1456 ++i;
1457 }
1458 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1459 }
1460
1461 if (lose)
1462 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1463
1464#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1465 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1466 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1467 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1468#endif
1469
1470#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1471 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1472 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1473 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1474 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1475#endif
1476}
1477
1478/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1479void
1480md_assemble (str)
1481 char *str;
1482{
1483 char *to;
1484
1485 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1486 assert (str);
1487
1488 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1489 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1490 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1491
1492 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1493 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1494 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1495 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1496 {
1497 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1498
1499 if (label_symbol)
1500 {
1501 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1502 {
1503 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1504 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1505 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1506#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1507 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1508 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1509 if (within_entry_exit)
1510 {
1511 char *where;
1512 unsigned int u;
1513
1514 where = frag_more (0);
1515 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1516 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1517 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1518 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1519 }
1520#endif
1521 }
1522 else
1523 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1524 }
1525 else
1526 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1527 }
1528
1529 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1530 pa_ip (str);
1531
1532 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1533 to = frag_more (4);
1534
1535 /* Output the opcode. */
1536 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1537
1538 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1539 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1540 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1541 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1542 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1543 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1544
1545#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1546 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1547#endif
1548}
1549
1550/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1551 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1552
1553static void
1554pa_ip (str)
1555 char *str;
1556{
1557 char *error_message = "";
1558 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1559 const char *args;
1560 int match = FALSE;
1561 int comma = 0;
1562 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1563 unsigned long opcode;
1564 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1565
1566#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1567 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1568 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1569#endif
1570
1571 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1572 case. */
1573 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1574 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1575
1576 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1577 for (s = str;
1578 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1579 ++s)
1580 ;
1581
1582 switch (*s)
1583 {
1584
1585 case '\0':
1586 break;
1587
1588 case ',':
1589 comma = 1;
1590
1591 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1592
1593 case ' ':
1594 *s++ = '\0';
1595 break;
1596
1597 default:
1598 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1599 }
1600
1601 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1602 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1603 {
1604 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1605 return;
1606 }
1607
1608 if (comma)
1609 {
1610 *--s = ',';
1611 }
1612
1613 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1614 start processing them. */
1615 argstart = s;
1616 for (;;)
1617 {
1618 /* Do some initialization. */
1619 opcode = insn->match;
1620 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1621 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1622
1623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1624
1625 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1626 then set a new architecture. */
1627 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1628 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1629 if (insn->arch < 20
1630 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1631 {
1632 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1633 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1634 }
1635 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1636 {
1637 match = FALSE;
1638 goto failed;
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1642 sure that the operands match. */
1643 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1644 {
1645 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1646 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1647 s++;
1648
1649 switch (*args)
1650 {
1651
1652 /* End of arguments. */
1653 case '\0':
1654 if (*s == '\0')
1655 match = TRUE;
1656 break;
1657
1658 case '+':
1659 if (*s == '+')
1660 {
1661 ++s;
1662 continue;
1663 }
1664 if (*s == '-')
1665 continue;
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* These must match exactly. */
1669 case '(':
1670 case ')':
1671 case ',':
1672 case ' ':
1673 if (*s++ == *args)
1674 continue;
1675 break;
1676
1677 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1678 case 'b':
1679 case '^':
1680 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1681 break;
1682 num = pa_number;
1683 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1685
1686 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1687 is there. */
1688 case '!':
1689 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1690 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1691 s = s + 1;
1692
1693 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1694 {
1695 s += 4;
1696 continue;
1697 }
1698 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1699 {
1700 s += 5;
1701 continue;
1702 }
1703 break;
1704
1705 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1706 case 'x':
1707 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1708 break;
1709 num = pa_number;
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1711 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1712
1713 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1714 case 't':
1715 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1716 break;
1717 num = pa_number;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1722 case 'a':
1723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1724 break;
1725 num = pa_number;
1726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1727 opcode |= num << 16;
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1729
1730 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1731 case 'T':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1740 case '5':
1741 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1742 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1743 break;
1744 s = expr_end;
1745 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1746 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1747 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1748 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1749 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1750
1751 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1752 case 'V':
1753 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1754 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1755 break;
1756 s = expr_end;
1757 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1758 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1759 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1760 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1762
1763 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1764 case 'r':
1765 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1766 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1767 break;
1768 s = expr_end;
1769 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1770 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1771
1772 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1773 case 'R':
1774 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1775 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1776 break;
1777 s = expr_end;
1778 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1780
1781 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1782 case 'U':
1783 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1784 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1785 break;
1786 s = expr_end;
1787 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1788 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1789
1790 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1791 case 's':
1792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1793 break;
1794 num = pa_number;
1795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1797
1798 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1799 case 'S':
1800 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1801 break;
1802 num = pa_number;
1803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1804 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1805 continue;
1806
1807 /* Handle all completers. */
1808 case 'c':
1809 switch (*++args)
1810 {
1811
1812 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1813 case 'x':
1814 {
1815 int uu = 0;
1816 int m = 0;
1817 int i = 0;
1818 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1819 {
1820 s++;
1821 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1822 {
1823 uu = 1;
1824 m = 1;
1825 s++;
1826 i++;
1827 }
1828 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1829 m = 1;
1830 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1831 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1832 uu = 1;
1833 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1834 else if (strict)
1835 {
1836 s--;
1837 break;
1838 }
1839 else
1840 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1841 s++;
1842 i++;
1843 }
1844 if (i > 2)
1845 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1846 opcode |= m << 5;
1847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1851 case 'm':
1852 case 'q':
1853 case 'J':
1854 case 'e':
1855 {
1856 int a = 0;
1857 int m = 0;
1858 if (*s == ',')
1859 {
1860 int found = 0;
1861 s++;
1862 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1863 {
1864 a = 0;
1865 m = 1;
1866 found = 1;
1867 }
1868 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1869 {
1870 a = 1;
1871 m = 1;
1872 found = 1;
1873 }
1874
1875 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1876 if (!found && strict)
1877 s--;
1878 else
1879 {
1880 if (!found)
1881 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1882 s += 2;
1883 }
1884 }
1885 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1886 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1887 else if (*args == 'e')
1888 break;
1889
1890 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1891 encode the before/after field. */
1892 if (*args == 'm')
1893 {
1894 opcode |= m << 5;
1895 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1896 }
1897 else if (*args == 'q')
1898 {
1899 opcode |= m << 3;
1900 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1901 }
1902 else if (*args == 'J')
1903 {
1904 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1906 }
1907 else if (*args == 'e')
1908 {
1909 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1910 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1911 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1912 opcode |= a;
1913 continue;
1914 }
1915 }
1916
1917 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1918 case 's':
1919 {
1920 int a = 0;
1921 int m = 0;
1922 int i = 0;
1923 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1924 {
1925 s++;
1926 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1927 m = 1;
1928 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1929 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1930 a = 0;
1931 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1932 a = 1;
1933 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1934 else if (strict)
1935 {
1936 s--;
1937 break;
1938 }
1939 else
1940 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1941 s++;
1942 i++;
1943 }
1944 if (i > 2)
1945 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1946 opcode |= m << 5;
1947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1948 }
1949
1950 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1951 case 'c':
1952 cmpltr = 0;
1953 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1954 {
1955 s += 3;
1956 cmpltr = 2;
1957 }
1958 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1959
1960 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1961 case 'C':
1962 cmpltr = 0;
1963 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1964 {
1965 s += 3;
1966 cmpltr = 2;
1967 }
1968 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1969 {
1970 s += 3;
1971 cmpltr = 1;
1972 }
1973 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1974
1975 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1976 case 'd':
1977 cmpltr = 0;
1978 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1979 {
1980 s += 3;
1981 cmpltr = 1;
1982 }
1983 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1984
1985 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1986 case 'o':
1987 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1988 break;
1989 s += 2;
1990 continue;
1991
1992 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1993 case 'g':
1994 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1995 break;
1996 s += 5;
1997 continue;
1998
1999 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2000 case 'p':
2001 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2002 break;
2003 s += 7;
2004 continue;
2005
2006 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2007 case 'l':
2008 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2009 break;
2010 s += 2;
2011 continue;
2012
2013 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2014 case 'P':
2015 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2016 break;
2017 s += 4;
2018 continue;
2019
2020 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2021 case 'L':
2022 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2023 break;
2024 s += 2;
2025 continue;
2026
2027 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2028 case 'w':
2029 flag = 0;
2030 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2031 {
2032 flag = 1;
2033 s += 2;
2034 }
2035 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2036 {
2037 flag = 0;
2038 s += 2;
2039 }
2040
2041 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2042
2043 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2044 case 'W':
2045 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2046 break;
2047 s += 2;
2048 continue;
2049
2050 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2051 case 'r':
2052 flag = 0;
2053 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2054 {
2055 flag = 5;
2056 s += 2;
2057 }
2058
2059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2060
2061 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2062 case 'Z':
2063 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2064 {
2065 flag = 1;
2066 s += 2;
2067 }
2068 else
2069 flag = 0;
2070
2071 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2072
2073 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2074 case 'i':
2075 flag = 0;
2076 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2077 {
2078 flag = 1;
2079 s += 2;
2080 }
2081
2082 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2083
2084 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2085 case 'z':
2086 flag = 1;
2087 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2088 {
2089 flag = 0;
2090 s += 2;
2091 }
2092
2093 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2094
2095 /* Handle add completer. */
2096 case 'a':
2097 flag = 1;
2098 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2099 {
2100 flag = 2;
2101 s += 2;
2102 }
2103 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2104 {
2105 flag = 3;
2106 s += 4;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2112 case 'Y':
2113 flag = 0;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2115 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2116 {
2117 flag = 1;
2118 s += 7;
2119 }
2120 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2121 {
2122 flag = 0;
2123 s += 3;
2124 }
2125 else
2126 break;
2127
2128 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2129
2130 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2131 case 'y':
2132 flag = 0;
2133 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2134 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2135 {
2136 flag = 1;
2137 s += 6;
2138 }
2139 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2140 {
2141 flag = 0;
2142 s += 2;
2143 }
2144 else
2145 break;
2146
2147 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2148
2149 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2150 case 'v':
2151 flag = 0;
2152 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2153 {
2154 flag = 1;
2155 s += 4;
2156 }
2157
2158 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2159
2160 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2161 case 't':
2162 flag = 0;
2163 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2164 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2165 {
2166 flag = 1;
2167 s += 7;
2168 }
2169 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2170 {
2171 flag = 0;
2172 s += 3;
2173 }
2174 else
2175 break;
2176
2177 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2178
2179 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2180 case 'B':
2181 flag = 0;
2182 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2183 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2184 {
2185 flag = 1;
2186 s += 7;
2187 }
2188 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2189 {
2190 flag = 0;
2191 s += 3;
2192 }
2193 else
2194 break;
2195
2196 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2197
2198 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2199 case 'b':
2200 flag = 0;
2201 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2202 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2203 {
2204 flag = 1;
2205 s += 6;
2206 }
2207 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2208 {
2209 flag = 0;
2210 s += 2;
2211 }
2212 else
2213 break;
2214
2215 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2216
2217 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2218 case 'T':
2219 flag = 0;
2220 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2221 {
2222 flag = 1;
2223 s += 3;
2224 }
2225
2226 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2227
2228 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2229 case 'S':
2230 {
2231 int sign = 1;
2232 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2233 {
2234 sign = 1;
2235 s += 2;
2236 }
2237 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sign = 0;
2240 s += 2;
2241 }
2242
2243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2244 }
2245
2246 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2247 case 'h':
2248 if (*s++ == ',')
2249 {
2250 int lr = 0;
2251 if (*s == 'r')
2252 lr = 2;
2253 else if (*s == 'l')
2254 lr = 0;
2255 else
2256 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2257
2258 s++;
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2260 }
2261 else
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2263 break;
2264
2265 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2266 case 'H':
2267 {
2268 int sat = 3;
2269 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2270 {
2271 sat = 1;
2272 s += 3;
2273 }
2274 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2275 {
2276 sat = 0;
2277 s += 3;
2278 }
2279
2280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2281 }
2282
2283 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2284 case '*':
2285 if (*s++ == ',')
2286 {
2287 int permloc[4];
2288 int perm = 0;
2289 int i = 0;
2290 permloc[0] = 13;
2291 permloc[1] = 10;
2292 permloc[2] = 8;
2293 permloc[3] = 6;
2294 for (; i < 4; i++)
2295 {
2296 switch (*s++)
2297 {
2298 case '0':
2299 perm = 0;
2300 break;
2301 case '1':
2302 perm = 1;
2303 break;
2304 case '2':
2305 perm = 2;
2306 break;
2307 case '3':
2308 perm = 3;
2309 break;
2310 default:
2311 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2312 }
2313 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2314 }
2315 continue;
2316 }
2317 else
2318 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2319 break;
2320
2321 default:
2322 abort ();
2323 }
2324 break;
2325
2326 /* Handle all conditions. */
2327 case '?':
2328 {
2329 args++;
2330 switch (*args)
2331 {
2332 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2333 case 'f':
2334 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2335 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2336
2337 /* Handle an add condition. */
2338 case 'A':
2339 case 'a':
2340 cmpltr = 0;
2341 flag = 0;
2342 if (*s == ',')
2343 {
2344 s++;
2345
2346 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2347 if (*args == 'A')
2348 {
2349 if (*s == '*')
2350 s++;
2351 else
2352 break;
2353 }
2354 else if (*s == '*')
2355 break;
2356 name = s;
2357
2358 name = s;
2359 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2360 s += 1;
2361 c = *s;
2362 *s = 0x00;
2363 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2364 cmpltr = 1;
2365 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2366 cmpltr = 2;
2367 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2368 cmpltr = 3;
2369 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2370 cmpltr = 4;
2371 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2372 cmpltr = 5;
2373 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2374 cmpltr = 6;
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2376 cmpltr = 7;
2377 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2378 {
2379 cmpltr = 0;
2380 flag = 1;
2381 }
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2383 {
2384 cmpltr = 1;
2385 flag = 1;
2386 }
2387 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2388 {
2389 cmpltr = 2;
2390 flag = 1;
2391 }
2392 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 3;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 4;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 5;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 6;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 7;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2418 else if (*args == 'a')
2419 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2420 *s = c;
2421 }
2422 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2424
2425 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2426 case 'd':
2427 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2428 if (cmpltr < 0)
2429 {
2430 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2431 cmpltr = 0;
2432 }
2433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2434
2435 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2436 case 'W':
2437 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2438 if (cmpltr < 0)
2439 {
2440 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2441 cmpltr = 0;
2442 }
2443 else
2444 {
2445 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2446 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2451 condition. */
2452 case '@':
2453 save_s = s;
2454 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2455 if (cmpltr < 0)
2456 {
2457 s = save_s;
2458 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2459 if (cmpltr < 0)
2460 {
2461 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2462 cmpltr = 0;
2463 }
2464 else
2465 {
2466 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2467 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2468 }
2469 }
2470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2471
2472 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2473 case 'B':
2474 case 'b':
2475 cmpltr = 0;
2476 if (*s == ',')
2477 {
2478 s++;
2479
2480 if (*args == 'B')
2481 {
2482 if (*s == '*')
2483 s++;
2484 else
2485 break;
2486 }
2487 else if (*s == '*')
2488 break;
2489
2490 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2491 {
2492 cmpltr = 0;
2493 s++;
2494 }
2495 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2496 {
2497 cmpltr = 1;
2498 s += 2;
2499 }
2500 else
2501 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2502 }
2503 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2504
2505 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2506 case 'S':
2507 case 's':
2508 cmpltr = 0;
2509 flag = 0;
2510 if (*s == ',')
2511 {
2512 s++;
2513
2514 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2515 if (*args == 'S')
2516 {
2517 if (*s == '*')
2518 s++;
2519 else
2520 break;
2521 }
2522 else if (*s == '*')
2523 break;
2524 name = s;
2525
2526 name = s;
2527 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2528 s += 1;
2529 c = *s;
2530 *s = 0x00;
2531 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2532 cmpltr = 1;
2533 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2534 cmpltr = 2;
2535 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2536 cmpltr = 3;
2537 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2538 cmpltr = 4;
2539 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 5;
2541 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2542 cmpltr = 6;
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2544 cmpltr = 7;
2545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2546 {
2547 cmpltr = 0;
2548 flag = 1;
2549 }
2550 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2551 {
2552 cmpltr = 1;
2553 flag = 1;
2554 }
2555 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2556 {
2557 cmpltr = 2;
2558 flag = 1;
2559 }
2560 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2561 {
2562 cmpltr = 3;
2563 flag = 1;
2564 }
2565 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2566 {
2567 cmpltr = 4;
2568 flag = 1;
2569 }
2570 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2571 {
2572 cmpltr = 5;
2573 flag = 1;
2574 }
2575 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2576 {
2577 cmpltr = 6;
2578 flag = 1;
2579 }
2580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2581 {
2582 cmpltr = 7;
2583 flag = 1;
2584 }
2585 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2586 else if (*args != 'S')
2587 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2588 name);
2589 *s = c;
2590 }
2591 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2593
2594 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2595 case 't':
2596 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2597 if (cmpltr < 0)
2598 {
2599 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2600 cmpltr = 0;
2601 }
2602 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2603
2604 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2605 case 'n':
2606 save_s = s;
2607 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2608 if (cmpltr < 0)
2609 {
2610 s = save_s;
2611 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2612 if (cmpltr < 0)
2613 {
2614 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2615 cmpltr = 0;
2616 }
2617 else
2618 {
2619 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2620 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2621 }
2622 }
2623
2624 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2625
2626 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2627 case 'N':
2628 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2629 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2630 {
2631 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2632 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2633 }
2634 else
2635 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2636 break;
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2641 case 'Q':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr < 0)
2644 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2645 break;
2646
2647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2648
2649 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2650 case 'L':
2651 case 'l':
2652 cmpltr = 0;
2653 flag = 0;
2654 if (*s == ',')
2655 {
2656 s++;
2657
2658 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2659 if (*args == 'L')
2660 {
2661 if (*s == '*')
2662 s++;
2663 else
2664 break;
2665 }
2666 else if (*s == '*')
2667 break;
2668
2669 name = s;
2670 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2671 s += 1;
2672 c = *s;
2673 *s = 0x00;
2674
2675 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2676 cmpltr = 1;
2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2678 cmpltr = 2;
2679 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2680 cmpltr = 3;
2681 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2682 cmpltr = 7;
2683 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2684 {
2685 cmpltr = 0;
2686 flag = 1;
2687 }
2688 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2689 {
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 flag = 1;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 2;
2696 flag = 1;
2697 }
2698 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2699 {
2700 cmpltr = 3;
2701 flag = 1;
2702 }
2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 7;
2706 flag = 1;
2707 }
2708 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2709 else if (*args != 'L')
2710 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2711 *s = c;
2712 }
2713 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2714 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2715
2716 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2717 case 'X':
2718 case 'x':
2719 case 'y':
2720 cmpltr = 0;
2721 if (*s == ',')
2722 {
2723 save_s = s++;
2724
2725 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2726 if (*args == 'X')
2727 {
2728 if (*s == '*')
2729 s++;
2730 else
2731 break;
2732 }
2733 else if (*s == '*')
2734 break;
2735
2736 name = s;
2737 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2738 s += 1;
2739 c = *s;
2740 *s = 0x00;
2741 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2742 cmpltr = 1;
2743 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2744 cmpltr = 2;
2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2746 cmpltr = 3;
2747 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2748 cmpltr = 4;
2749 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 5;
2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2752 cmpltr = 6;
2753 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2754 cmpltr = 7;
2755 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2756 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2757 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2758 {
2759 *s = c;
2760 s = save_s;
2761 continue;
2762 }
2763 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2764 else if (*args != 'X')
2765 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2766 *s = c;
2767 }
2768 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2769
2770 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2771 case 'U':
2772 case 'u':
2773 cmpltr = 0;
2774 flag = 0;
2775 if (*s == ',')
2776 {
2777 s++;
2778
2779 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2780 if (*args == 'U')
2781 {
2782 if (*s == '*')
2783 s++;
2784 else
2785 break;
2786 }
2787 else if (*s == '*')
2788 break;
2789
2790 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 2;
2793 s += 3;
2794 }
2795 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2796 {
2797 cmpltr = 3;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 4;
2803 s += 3;
2804 }
2805 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2806 {
2807 cmpltr = 6;
2808 s += 3;
2809 }
2810 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 7;
2813 s += 3;
2814 }
2815 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2816 {
2817 cmpltr = 0;
2818 flag = 1;
2819 s += 2;
2820 }
2821 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2822 {
2823 cmpltr = 2;
2824 flag = 1;
2825 s += 3;
2826 }
2827 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2828 {
2829 cmpltr = 3;
2830 flag = 1;
2831 s += 3;
2832 }
2833 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2834 {
2835 cmpltr = 4;
2836 flag = 1;
2837 s += 3;
2838 }
2839 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2840 {
2841 cmpltr = 6;
2842 flag = 1;
2843 s += 3;
2844 }
2845 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2846 {
2847 cmpltr = 7;
2848 flag = 1;
2849 s += 3;
2850 }
2851 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2852 {
2853 cmpltr = 1;
2854 flag = 0;
2855 s += 3;
2856 }
2857 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2858 {
2859 cmpltr = 5;
2860 flag = 0;
2861 s += 3;
2862 }
2863 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2864 {
2865 cmpltr = 1;
2866 flag = 1;
2867 s += 3;
2868 }
2869 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2870 {
2871 cmpltr = 5;
2872 flag = 1;
2873 s += 3;
2874 }
2875 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2876 else if (*args != 'U')
2877 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2878 }
2879 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2880 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2881
2882 default:
2883 abort ();
2884 }
2885 break;
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2889 case 'n':
2890 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2892
2893 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2894 case 'N':
2895 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2897
2898 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2899 case 'L':
2900 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2901 s += 4;
2902 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2903 s += 4;
2904 else
2905 break;
2906 continue;
2907
2908 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2909 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2910 case 'h':
2911 get_expression (s);
2912 s = expr_end;
2913 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2914 {
2915 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2916 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2917 num++;
2918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2919 }
2920 else
2921 break;
2922
2923 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2924 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2925 case 'm':
2926 get_expression (s);
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 s = expr_end;
2930 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2931 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2932 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2933 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2934 }
2935 else
2936 break;
2937
2938 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2939 case '=':
2940 {
2941 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2943 }
2944
2945 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2946 case 'i':
2947 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2948 get_expression (s);
2949 s = expr_end;
2950 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2951 {
2952 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2953 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2954 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2955 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2956 }
2957 else
2958 {
2959 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2960 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2961 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2962 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2963 else
2964 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2965 the_insn.format = 11;
2966 continue;
2967 }
2968
2969 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2970 case 'J':
2971 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2972 get_expression (s);
2973 s = expr_end;
2974 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2975 {
2976 int mb;
2977
2978 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2979 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2980 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2981 good to rethink this. */
2982 mb = opcode & 1;
2983 opcode -= mb;
2984 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2985 if (mb != (num < 0))
2986 break;
2987 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2988 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2990 }
2991 break;
2992
2993 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2994 case 'K':
2995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2996 get_expression (s);
2997 s = expr_end;
2998 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2999 {
3000 int mb;
3001
3002 mb = opcode & 1;
3003 opcode -= mb;
3004 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3005 if (mb == (num < 0))
3006 break;
3007 if (num % 4)
3008 break;
3009 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3010 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3011 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3012 }
3013 break;
3014
3015 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3016 case '<':
3017 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3018 get_expression (s);
3019 s = expr_end;
3020 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3021 {
3022 int mb;
3023
3024 mb = opcode & 1;
3025 opcode -= mb;
3026 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3027 if (mb != (num < 0))
3028 break;
3029 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3030 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3031 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3032 }
3033 break;
3034
3035 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3036 case '>':
3037 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3038 get_expression (s);
3039 s = expr_end;
3040 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3041 {
3042 int mb;
3043
3044 mb = opcode & 1;
3045 opcode -= mb;
3046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3047 if (mb == (num < 0))
3048 break;
3049 if (num % 4)
3050 break;
3051 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3052 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3053 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3054 }
3055 break;
3056
3057 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3058 case '#':
3059 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3060 get_expression (s);
3061 s = expr_end;
3062 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3063 {
3064 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3065 if (num & 0x7)
3066 break;
3067 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3068 if (num < 0)
3069 opcode |= 1;
3070 num &= 0x1fff;
3071 num >>= 3;
3072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3073 }
3074 else
3075 {
3076 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3077 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3078 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3079 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3080 else
3081 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3082 the_insn.format = 14;
3083 continue;
3084 }
3085 break;
3086
3087 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3088 case 'd':
3089 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3090 get_expression (s);
3091 s = expr_end;
3092 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3093 {
3094 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3095 if (num & 0x3)
3096 break;
3097 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3098 if (num < 0)
3099 opcode |= 1;
3100 num &= 0x1fff;
3101 num >>= 2;
3102 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3103 }
3104 else
3105 {
3106 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3107 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3108 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3109 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3110 else
3111 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3112 the_insn.format = 14;
3113 continue;
3114 }
3115
3116 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3117 case 'j':
3118 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3119 get_expression (s);
3120 s = expr_end;
3121 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3122 {
3123 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3124 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3125 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3126 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3127 }
3128 else
3129 {
3130 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3132 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3134 else
3135 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3136 the_insn.format = 14;
3137 continue;
3138 }
3139
3140 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3141 case 'k':
3142 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3143 get_expression (s);
3144 s = expr_end;
3145 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3146 {
3147 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3148 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3149 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3150 continue;
3151 }
3152 else
3153 {
3154 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3156 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3158 else
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3160 the_insn.format = 21;
3161 continue;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3165 case 'l':
3166 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3167 get_expression (s);
3168 s = expr_end;
3169 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3170 {
3171 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3173 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176 else
3177 {
3178 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3179 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3180 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3181 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3182 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3183 else
3184 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3185 the_insn.format = 14;
3186 continue;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3190 case 'y':
3191 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3192 get_expression (s);
3193 s = expr_end;
3194 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3195 {
3196 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3197 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3198 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3199 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3200 continue;
3201 }
3202 else
3203 {
3204 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3205 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3206 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3207 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3208 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3209 else
3210 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3211 the_insn.format = 14;
3212 continue;
3213 }
3214
3215 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3216 case '&':
3217 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3218 get_expression (s);
3219 s = expr_end;
3220 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3221 {
3222 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3223 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3224 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3225 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3226 continue;
3227 }
3228 else
3229 {
3230 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3231 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3233 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3234 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3235 else
3236 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3237 the_insn.format = 14;
3238 continue;
3239 }
3240
3241 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3242 case 'w':
3243 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3244 get_expression (s);
3245 s = expr_end;
3246 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3247 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3248 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3249 "L$0\001"))
3250 {
3251 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3252 if (num % 4)
3253 {
3254 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3255 break;
3256 }
3257 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3258 num -= 8;
3259 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3260 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3261 continue;
3262 }
3263 else
3264 {
3265 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3266 the_insn.format = 12;
3267 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3268 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3269 s = expr_end;
3270 continue;
3271 }
3272
3273 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3274 case 'W':
3275 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3276 get_expression (s);
3277 s = expr_end;
3278 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3279 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3280 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3281 "L$0\001"))
3282 {
3283 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3284 if (num % 4)
3285 {
3286 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3287 break;
3288 }
3289 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3290 num -= 8;
3291 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3292 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 {
3297 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3298 the_insn.format = 17;
3299 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3300 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3305 case 'X':
3306 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3307 get_expression (s);
3308 s = expr_end;
3309 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3310 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3311 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3312 "L$0\001"))
3313 {
3314 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3315 if (num % 4)
3316 {
3317 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3318 break;
3319 }
3320 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3321 num -= 8;
3322 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3323 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3324 }
3325 else
3326 {
3327 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3328 the_insn.format = 22;
3329 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3330 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3331 continue;
3332 }
3333
3334 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3335 case 'z':
3336 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3337 get_expression (s);
3338 s = expr_end;
3339 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3340 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3341 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3342 "L$0\001"))
3343 {
3344 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3345 if (num % 4)
3346 {
3347 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3348 break;
3349 }
3350 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3351 num -= 8;
3352 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3353 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3354 continue;
3355 }
3356 else
3357 {
3358 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3359 the_insn.format = 17;
3360 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3361 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3362 continue;
3363 }
3364
3365 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3366 case 'Z':
3367 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3368 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3369 {
3370 s += 4;
3371 continue;
3372 }
3373 else
3374 break;
3375
3376 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3377 case 'Y':
3378 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3379 break;
3380 s += 9;
3381 continue;
3382
3383 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3384 case '@':
3385 if (*s != '0')
3386 break;
3387 s++;
3388 continue;
3389
3390 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3391 case '.':
3392 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3393 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3394 break;
3395 s = expr_end;
3396 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3397 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3398
3399 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3400 case '*':
3401 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3402 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3403 break;
3404 s = expr_end;
3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3406 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3407
3408 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3409 case 'p':
3410 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3411 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3412 break;
3413 s = expr_end;
3414 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3415 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3416
3417 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3418 case '~':
3419 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3420 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3421 break;
3422 s = expr_end;
3423 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3424 num = 63 - num;
3425 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3427
3428 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3429 case '%':
3430 flag = 0;
3431 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3432 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3433 break;
3434 s = expr_end;
3435 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3436 num--;
3437 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3438 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3439 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3440
3441 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3442 case '|':
3443 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3444 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3445 break;
3446 s = expr_end;
3447 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3448 num--;
3449 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3450 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3451 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3452
3453 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3454 case 'P':
3455 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3456 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3457 break;
3458 s = expr_end;
3459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3461
3462 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3463 case 'q':
3464 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3465 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3466 break;
3467 s = expr_end;
3468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3469 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3471
3472 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3473 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3474 case 'B':
3475 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3476 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3477 break;
3478 s = expr_end;
3479 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3480 if (num & 0x20)
3481 ;
3482 else
3483 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3484 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3485
3486 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3487 case 'Q':
3488 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3489 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3490 break;
3491 s = expr_end;
3492 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3493 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3494
3495 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3496 case '$':
3497 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3498 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3499 break;
3500 s = expr_end;
3501 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3502 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3503
3504 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3505 case 'A':
3506 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3507 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3508 break;
3509 s = expr_end;
3510 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3511 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3512
3513 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3514 case 'D':
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
3518 s = expr_end;
3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3521
3522 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3523 case 'v':
3524 if (*s++ != ',')
3525 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3526 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3527 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3528 break;
3529 s = expr_end;
3530 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3532
3533 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3534 case 'O':
3535 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3536 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3537 break;
3538 s = expr_end;
3539 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3540 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3542
3543 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3544 case 'o':
3545 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3546 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3547 break;
3548 s = expr_end;
3549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3551
3552 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3553 case '0':
3554 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3555 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3556 break;
3557 s = expr_end;
3558 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3559 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3560 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3561
3562 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3563 case '1':
3564 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3565 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3566 break;
3567 s = expr_end;
3568 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3569 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3570 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3571
3572 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3573 case 'u':
3574 if (*s++ != ',')
3575 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3576 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3577 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3578 break;
3579 s = expr_end;
3580 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3582
3583 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3584 case '2':
3585 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3586 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3587 break;
3588 s = expr_end;
3589 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3590 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3591 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3592
3593 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3594 case '{':
3595 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3596 {
3597 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3598 s += 2;
3599 }
3600 else
3601 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3602 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3603 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3604 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3605 flag = SGL;
3606 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3607 flag = DBL;
3608 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3609 flag = QUAD;
3610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3611
3612 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3613 case '_':
3614 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3615 s--;
3616 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3617 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3618 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3619 flag = SGL;
3620 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3621 flag = DBL;
3622 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3623 flag = QUAD;
3624 opcode |= flag << 13;
3625 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3626 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3627 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3628 {
3629 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3630 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3631 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3632 flag = 0;
3633 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3634 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3636 flag = 2;
3637 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3638 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3640 flag = 6;
3641 else
3642 abort ();
3643 }
3644 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3645 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3646 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3647 {
3648 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3649 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3651 flag = 1;
3652 else
3653 abort ();
3654 }
3655 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3656 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3657 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3658 {
3659 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3660 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3661 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3662 flag = 5;
3663 else
3664 abort ();
3665 }
3666 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3667 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3668
3669 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3670 case 'F':
3671 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3672 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3673 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3674
3675 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3676 case 'G':
3677 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3678 s--;
3679 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3680 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3681 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3682
3683 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3684 case 'I':
3685 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3686 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3687 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3688
3689 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3690 Only allows single and double precision. */
3691 case 'H':
3692 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3693 switch (flag)
3694 {
3695 case SGL:
3696 opcode |= 0x20;
3697 case DBL:
3698 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3699 continue;
3700
3701 case QUAD:
3702 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3703 default:
3704 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3705 }
3706 break;
3707
3708 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3709 case 'f':
3710 switch (*++args)
3711 {
3712 /* Float target register. */
3713 case 't':
3714 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3715 break;
3716 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3717 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3718 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3719
3720 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3721 case 'T':
3722 {
3723 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3724 break;
3725 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3726 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3727 opcode |= num;
3728
3729 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3730 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3731 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3732 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3733 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3734 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3735
3736 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3737 continue;
3738 }
3739
3740 /* Float operand 1. */
3741 case 'a':
3742 {
3743 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3744 break;
3745 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3746 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3747 opcode |= num << 21;
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3749 {
3750 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3751 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3752 }
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3757 case 'X':
3758 case 'A':
3759 {
3760 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3761 break;
3762 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3764 opcode |= num << 21;
3765 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Float operand 2. */
3770 case 'b':
3771 {
3772 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3773 break;
3774 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3776 opcode |= num << 16;
3777 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3778 {
3779 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3780 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3781 }
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3786 case 'B':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3794 continue;
3795 }
3796
3797 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3798 case 'C':
3799 {
3800 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3801 break;
3802 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3803 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3804 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3805 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3806 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3807 continue;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3811 case 'i':
3812 {
3813 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3814 break;
3815 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3816 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3817 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3818 {
3819 if (num < 16)
3820 {
3821 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3822 break;
3823 }
3824 num &= 0xF;
3825 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3826 }
3827 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3828 }
3829
3830 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3831 case 'j':
3832 {
3833 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3834 break;
3835 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3836 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3837 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3838 {
3839 if (num < 16)
3840 {
3841 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3842 break;
3843 }
3844 num &= 0xF;
3845 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3846 }
3847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3848 }
3849
3850 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3851 case 'k':
3852 {
3853 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3854 break;
3855 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3856 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3857 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3858 {
3859 if (num < 16)
3860 {
3861 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3862 break;
3863 }
3864 num &= 0xF;
3865 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3866 }
3867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3871 case 'l':
3872 {
3873 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3874 break;
3875 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3876 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3877 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3878 {
3879 if (num < 16)
3880 {
3881 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3882 break;
3883 }
3884 num &= 0xF;
3885 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3886 }
3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3891 case 'm':
3892 {
3893 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3894 break;
3895 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3896 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3897 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3898 {
3899 if (num < 16)
3900 {
3901 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3902 break;
3903 }
3904 num &= 0xF;
3905 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3906 }
3907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3908 }
3909
3910 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3911 case 'E':
3912 case 'e':
3913 {
3914 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3915 break;
3916 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3917 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3918 opcode |= num << 16;
3919 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3920 {
3921 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3922 }
3923 continue;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3927 case 'x':
3928 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3929 break;
3930 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3931 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3933
3934 default:
3935 abort ();
3936 }
3937 break;
3938
3939 default:
3940 abort ();
3941 }
3942 break;
3943 }
3944
3945 failed:
3946 /* Check if the args matched. */
3947 if (match == FALSE)
3948 {
3949 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3950 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3951 {
3952 ++insn;
3953 s = argstart;
3954 continue;
3955 }
3956 else
3957 {
3958 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3959 return;
3960 }
3961 }
3962 break;
3963 }
3964
3965 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3966}
3967
3968/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3969 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3970 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3971
3972#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3973
3974char *
3975md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3976 char type;
3977 char *litP;
3978 int *sizeP;
3979{
3980 int prec;
3981 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3982 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3983 char *t;
3984
3985 switch (type)
3986 {
3987
3988 case 'f':
3989 case 'F':
3990 case 's':
3991 case 'S':
3992 prec = 2;
3993 break;
3994
3995 case 'd':
3996 case 'D':
3997 case 'r':
3998 case 'R':
3999 prec = 4;
4000 break;
4001
4002 case 'x':
4003 case 'X':
4004 prec = 6;
4005 break;
4006
4007 case 'p':
4008 case 'P':
4009 prec = 6;
4010 break;
4011
4012 default:
4013 *sizeP = 0;
4014 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4015 }
4016 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4017 if (t)
4018 input_line_pointer = t;
4019 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4020 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4021 {
4022 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4023 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4024 }
4025 return NULL;
4026}
4027
4028/* Write out big-endian. */
4029
4030void
4031md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4032 char *buf;
4033 valueT val;
4034 int n;
4035{
4036 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4037}
4038
4039/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4040 format. */
4041
4042arelent **
4043tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4044 asection *section;
4045 fixS *fixp;
4046{
4047 arelent *reloc;
4048 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4049 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4050 arelent **relocs;
4051 reloc_type **codes;
4052 reloc_type code;
4053 int n_relocs;
4054 int i;
4055
4056 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4057 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4058 return &no_relocs;
4059
4060 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4061 assert (section != 0);
4062
4063 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4064
4065 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4066 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4067 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4068 fixp->fx_r_type,
4069 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4070 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4071 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4072 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4073
4074 if (codes == NULL)
4075 {
4076 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4077 abort ();
4078 }
4079
4080 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4081 ;
4082
4083 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4084 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4085 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4086 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4087
4088 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4089
4090#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4091 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4092 {
4093 default:
4094 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4095
4096 code = *codes[0];
4097
4098 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4099 switch (code)
4100 {
4101 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4102 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4103 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4104 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4105 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4106 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4107 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4108 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4109 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4110 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4111
4112 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4113 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4114 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4115 reloc->addend = 0;
4116 break;
4117
4118#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4119 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4120 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4121 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4122 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4123 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4124 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4125 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4126 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4127 fixp->fx_offset);
4128 break;
4129#endif
4130
4131 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4132 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4133 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4134 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4135 /* Fall thru */
4136
4137 default:
4138 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4139 break;
4140 }
4141
4142 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4143 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4144 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4145 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4146 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4147
4148 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4149 break;
4150 }
4151#else /* OBJ_SOM */
4152
4153 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4154 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4155 {
4156 code = *codes[i];
4157
4158 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4159 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4160 relocs[i]->howto =
4161 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4162 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4163 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4164
4165 switch (code)
4166 {
4167 case R_COMP2:
4168 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4169 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4170 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4171 assert (i == 1);
4172 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4173 relocs[0]->howto =
4174 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4175 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4176 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4177 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4178 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4179 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4180 relocs[1]->howto =
4181 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4182 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4183 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4184 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4185 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4186 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4187 relocs[2]->howto =
4188 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4189 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4190 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4191 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4192 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4193 relocs[3]->howto =
4194 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4195 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4196 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4197 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4198 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4199 relocs[4]->howto =
4200 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4201 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4202 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4203 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4204 goto done;
4205 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4206 case R_ABS_CALL:
4207 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4208 break;
4209
4210 case R_DLT_REL:
4211 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4212 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4213 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4214 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4215 (static link required).
4216
4217 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4218
4219 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4220 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4221 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4222 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4223 break;
4224
4225 case R_N_MODE:
4226 case R_S_MODE:
4227 case R_D_MODE:
4228 case R_R_MODE:
4229 case R_FSEL:
4230 case R_LSEL:
4231 case R_RSEL:
4232 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4233 case R_END_BRTAB:
4234 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4235 case R_N0SEL:
4236 case R_N1SEL:
4237 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4238 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4239 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4240 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4241 break;
4242
4243 case R_END_TRY:
4244 case R_ENTRY:
4245 case R_EXIT:
4246 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4247 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4248 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4249 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4250 break;
4251
4252 default:
4253 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4254 }
4255 }
4256
4257 done:
4258#endif
4259
4260 return relocs;
4261}
4262
4263/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4264
4265void
4266md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4267 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4268 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4269 register fragS *fragP;
4270{
4271 unsigned int address;
4272
4273 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4274 {
4275 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4276 {
4277 case 0:
4278 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4279 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4280 know (fragP->fr_next);
4281 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4282 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4283 {
4284 fragP->fr_offset =
4285 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4286 - fragP->fr_address
4287 - fragP->fr_fix;
4288 }
4289 else
4290 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 }
4294}
4295
4296/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4297
4298valueT
4299md_section_align (segment, size)
4300 asection *segment;
4301 valueT size;
4302{
4303 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4304 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4305
4306 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4307}
4308
4309/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4310int
4311md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4312 register fragS *fragP;
4313 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4314{
4315 int size;
4316
4317 size = 0;
4318
4319 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4320 size++;
4321
4322 return size;
4323}
4324\f
4325#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4326# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4327const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4328# else
4329const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4330# endif
4331#else
4332# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4333const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4334# else
4335const char *md_shortopts = "";
4336# endif
4337#endif
4338
4339struct option md_longopts[] = {
4340#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4341 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4342#endif
4343 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4344};
4345size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4346
4347int
4348md_parse_option (c, arg)
4349 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4350 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4351{
4352 switch (c)
4353 {
4354 default:
4355 return 0;
4356
4357#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4358 case 'V':
4359 print_version_id ();
4360 break;
4361#endif
4362#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4363 case 'c':
4364 warn_comment = 1;
4365 break;
4366#endif
4367 }
4368
4369 return 1;
4370}
4371
4372void
4373md_show_usage (stream)
4374 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4375{
4376#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4377 fprintf (stream, _("\
4378 -Q ignored\n"));
4379#endif
4380#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4381 fprintf (stream, _("\
4382 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4383#endif
4384}
4385\f
4386/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4387
4388symbolS *
4389md_undefined_symbol (name)
4390 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4391{
4392 return 0;
4393}
4394
4395#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4396#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4397 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4398#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4399 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4400#else
4401#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4402#endif
4403
4404/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4405
4406int
4407md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4408 fixS *fixP;
4409 valueT *valp;
4410{
4411 unsigned char *buf;
4412 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4413 offsetT new_val;
4414 int insn, val, fmt;
4415
4416 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4417 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4418 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4419#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4420 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4421 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4422 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4423 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4424 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4425 return 1;
4426
4427 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4428 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4429 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4430 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4431 {
4432 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4433 return 1;
4434 }
4435#endif
4436#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4437 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4438 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4439 return 1;
4440#endif
4441
4442 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4443 with the GAS fixup. */
4444 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4445 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4446 {
4447 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4448 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4449 fixP->fx_r_type);
4450 return 0;
4451 }
4452
4453 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4454 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4455 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4456
4457 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4458 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4459 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4460 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4461 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4462 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4463#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4464 && fmt != 32
4465#endif
4466 )
4467 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4468#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4469 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4470 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4471 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4472 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4473 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4474 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4475 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4476 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4477 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4478 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4479 else if (fmt == 32
4480 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4481 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4482 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4483 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4484#endif
4485 else
4486 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4487
4488 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4489 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4490 && fixP->fx_addsy
4491 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4492 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4493 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4494#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4495 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4496 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4497 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4498#endif
4499#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4500 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4501 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4502#endif
4503 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4504 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4505 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4506 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4507 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4508 {
4509 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4510 }
4511
4512 switch (fmt)
4513 {
4514 case 10:
4515 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4516 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4517 val = new_val;
4518
4519 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4520 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4521 break;
4522 case -11:
4523 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4524 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4525 val = new_val;
4526
4527 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4528 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4529 break;
4530 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4531 case 14:
4532 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4533 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4534 val = new_val;
4535
4536 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4537 break;
4538
4539 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4540 case 21:
4541 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4542 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4543 val = new_val;
4544
4545 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4546 break;
4547
4548 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4549 case 11:
4550 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4551 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4552 val = new_val;
4553
4554 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4555 break;
4556
4557 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4558 case 12:
4559 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4560 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4561 val = new_val - 8;
4562
4563 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4564 break;
4565
4566 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4567 case 17:
4568 {
4569 offsetT distance = *valp;
4570
4571 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4572 range target, then we want to complain. */
4573 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4574 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4575 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4576 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4577
4578 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4579 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4580 val = new_val - 8;
4581
4582 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4583 break;
4584 }
4585
4586 case 22:
4587 {
4588 offsetT distance = *valp;
4589
4590 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4591 range target, then we want to complain. */
4592 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4593 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4594 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4595 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4596
4597 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4598 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4599 val = new_val - 8;
4600
4601 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4602 break;
4603 }
4604
4605 case -10:
4606 val = new_val;
4607 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4608 break;
4609
4610 case -16:
4611 val = new_val;
4612 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4613 break;
4614
4615 case 16:
4616 val = new_val;
4617 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4618 break;
4619
4620 case 32:
4621 insn = new_val;
4622 break;
4623
4624 default:
4625 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4626 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4627 return 0;
4628 }
4629
4630 /* Insert the relocation. */
4631 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4632 return 1;
4633}
4634
4635/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4636 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4637
4638long
4639md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4640 fixS *fixP;
4641{
4642 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4643}
4644
4645/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4646 a statement. */
4647
4648static int
4649is_end_of_statement ()
4650{
4651 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4652 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4653 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4654}
4655
4656/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4657 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4658 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4659
4660 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4661 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4662 returned in `pa_number'.
4663
4664 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4665 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4666 not set.
4667
4668 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4669 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4670
4671static int
4672pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4673 char **s;
4674 int is_float;
4675{
4676 int num;
4677 char *name;
4678 char c;
4679 symbolS *sym;
4680 int status;
4681 char *p = *s;
4682 boolean have_prefix;
4683
4684 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4685 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4686 p = p + 1;
4687
4688 pa_number = -1;
4689 have_prefix = 0;
4690 num = 0;
4691 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4692 {
4693 /* Looks like a number. */
4694
4695 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4696 {
4697 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4698 p += 2;
4699 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4700 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4701 {
4702 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4703 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4704 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4705 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4706 else
4707 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4708 ++p;
4709 }
4710 }
4711 else
4712 {
4713 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4714 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4715 {
4716 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4717 ++p;
4718 }
4719 }
4720
4721 pa_number = num;
4722
4723 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4724 if (is_float)
4725 {
4726 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4727 if (! (is_float & 2))
4728 {
4729 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4730 {
4731 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4732 ++p;
4733 }
4734 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4735 {
4736 ++p;
4737 }
4738 }
4739 }
4740 }
4741 else if (*p == '%')
4742 {
4743 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4744 have_prefix = 1;
4745 name = p;
4746 p++;
4747 c = *p;
4748 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4749 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4750 slow. */
4751 if (c == 'r')
4752 {
4753 p++;
4754 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4755 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4756 {
4757 p += 2;
4758 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4759 p++;
4760 }
4761 else if (*p == 'p')
4762 {
4763 num = 2;
4764 p++;
4765 }
4766 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4767 {
4768 if (print_errors)
4769 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4770 num = -1;
4771 }
4772 else
4773 {
4774 do
4775 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4776 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4777 }
4778 }
4779 else
4780 {
4781 /* Do a normal register search. */
4782 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4783 {
4784 p = p + 1;
4785 c = *p;
4786 }
4787 *p = 0;
4788 status = reg_name_search (name);
4789 if (status >= 0)
4790 num = status;
4791 else
4792 {
4793 if (print_errors)
4794 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4795 num = -1;
4796 }
4797 *p = c;
4798 }
4799
4800 pa_number = num;
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4805 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4806 name = p;
4807 c = *p;
4808 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4809 {
4810 p = p + 1;
4811 c = *p;
4812 }
4813 *p = 0;
4814 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4815 {
4816 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4817 {
4818 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4819 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4820 register, so... */
4821 have_prefix = true;
4822 }
4823 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4824 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4825 else if (!strict)
4826 {
4827 if (print_errors)
4828 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4829 num = -1;
4830 }
4831 }
4832 else if (!strict)
4833 {
4834 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4835 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4836 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4837 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4838 if (*name == 0)
4839 num = 0;
4840 else
4841 {
4842 if (print_errors)
4843 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4844 num = -1;
4845 }
4846 }
4847 *p = c;
4848
4849 pa_number = num;
4850 }
4851
4852 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4853 {
4854 *s = p;
4855 return 1;
4856 }
4857 return 0;
4858}
4859
4860#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4861
4862/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4863 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4864
4865static int
4866reg_name_search (name)
4867 char *name;
4868{
4869 int middle, low, high;
4870 int cmp;
4871
4872 low = 0;
4873 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4874
4875 do
4876 {
4877 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4878 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4879 if (cmp < 0)
4880 high = middle - 1;
4881 else if (cmp > 0)
4882 low = middle + 1;
4883 else
4884 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4885 }
4886 while (low <= high);
4887
4888 return -1;
4889}
4890
4891/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4892 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4893
4894static int
4895need_pa11_opcode ()
4896{
4897 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4898 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4899 {
4900 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4901 then set a new architecture. */
4902 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4903 {
4904 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4905 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4906 }
4907 return TRUE;
4908 }
4909 else
4910 return FALSE;
4911}
4912
4913/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4914 code associated with the condition. */
4915
4916static int
4917pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4918 char **s;
4919{
4920 int cond, i;
4921
4922 cond = 0;
4923
4924 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4925 {
4926 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4927 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4928 {
4929 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4930 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4931 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4932 report an error. */
4933 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4934 {
4935 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4936 break;
4937 }
4938 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4939 *s = *s + 1;
4940 return cond;
4941 }
4942 }
4943
4944 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4945
4946 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4947 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4948 *s += 1;
4949
4950 return 0;
4951}
4952
4953/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4954
4955static int
4956pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4957 char **s;
4958{
4959 int value;
4960
4961 value = 0;
4962 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4963 {
4964 value = 5;
4965 *s += 4;
4966 }
4967 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4968 {
4969 value = 9;
4970 *s += 4;
4971 }
4972 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4973 {
4974 value = 13;
4975 *s += 4;
4976 }
4977 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4978 {
4979 value = 17;
4980 *s += 4;
4981 }
4982 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4983 {
4984 value = 1;
4985 *s += 3;
4986 }
4987 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4988 {
4989 value = 6;
4990 *s += 4;
4991 }
4992 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4993 {
4994 value = 2;
4995 *s += 3;
4996 }
4997 else
4998 {
4999 value = 0;
5000 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5001 }
5002
5003 return value;
5004}
5005
5006/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5007 type. */
5008
5009static fp_operand_format
5010pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5011 char **s;
5012{
5013 int format;
5014
5015 format = SGL;
5016 if (**s == ',')
5017 {
5018 *s += 1;
5019 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5020 {
5021 format = SGL;
5022 *s += 4;
5023 }
5024 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5025 {
5026 format = DBL;
5027 *s += 4;
5028 }
5029 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5030 {
5031 format = QUAD;
5032 *s += 5;
5033 }
5034 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5035 {
5036 format = W;
5037 *s += 2;
5038 }
5039 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5040 {
5041 format = UW;
5042 *s += 3;
5043 }
5044 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5045 {
5046 format = DW;
5047 *s += 3;
5048 }
5049 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5050 {
5051 format = UDW;
5052 *s += 4;
5053 }
5054 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5055 {
5056 format = QW;
5057 *s += 3;
5058 }
5059 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5060 {
5061 format = UQW;
5062 *s += 4;
5063 }
5064 else
5065 {
5066 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5067 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5068 }
5069 }
5070
5071 return format;
5072}
5073
5074/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5075 type. */
5076
5077static fp_operand_format
5078pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5079 char **s;
5080{
5081 int format;
5082
5083 format = SGL;
5084 if (**s == ',')
5085 {
5086 *s += 1;
5087 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5088 {
5089 format = SGL;
5090 *s += 4;
5091 }
5092 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5093 {
5094 format = DBL;
5095 *s += 4;
5096 }
5097 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5098 {
5099 format = QUAD;
5100 *s += 5;
5101 }
5102 else
5103 {
5104 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5105 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5106 }
5107 }
5108
5109 return format;
5110}
5111
5112/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5113
5114static int
5115pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5116 char **str;
5117{
5118 int middle, low, high;
5119 int cmp;
5120 char name[4];
5121
5122 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5123 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5124 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5125 *str = *str + 1;
5126
5127 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5128 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5129 name[1] = 0;
5130 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5131 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5132 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5133 name[2] = 0;
5134 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5135 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5136 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5137 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5138 name[3] = 0;
5139 else
5140 return e_fsel;
5141
5142 low = 0;
5143 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5144
5145 do
5146 {
5147 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5148 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5149 if (cmp < 0)
5150 high = middle - 1;
5151 else if (cmp > 0)
5152 low = middle + 1;
5153 else
5154 {
5155 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5156#ifndef OBJ_SOM
5157 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5158 return e_fsel;
5159#endif
5160 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5161 }
5162 }
5163 while (low <= high);
5164
5165 return e_fsel;
5166}
5167
5168/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5169
5170static int
5171get_expression (str)
5172 char *str;
5173{
5174 char *save_in;
5175 asection *seg;
5176
5177 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5178 input_line_pointer = str;
5179 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5180 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5181 || seg == undefined_section
5182 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5183 {
5184 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5185 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5186 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5187 return 1;
5188 }
5189 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5190 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5191 return 0;
5192}
5193
5194/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5195static int
5196pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5197 struct pa_it *insn;
5198 char **strp;
5199{
5200 char *save_in;
5201
5202 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5203 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5204 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5205 expression (&insn->exp);
5206 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5207
5208 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5209 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5210 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5211
5212 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5213 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5214 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5215 {
5216 char *s, c;
5217 int retval;
5218
5219 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5220 s = *strp;
5221 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5222 s++;
5223
5224 c = *s;
5225 *s = 0;
5226
5227 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5228
5229 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5230 *s = c;
5231 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5232 }
5233 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5234 and return to our caller. */
5235 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5236 {
5237 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5238 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5239 return 0;
5240 }
5241 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5242 {
5243 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5244 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5245 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5246 return 0;
5247 }
5248 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5249 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5250 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5251}
5252
5253/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5254 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5255static int
5256evaluate_absolute (insn)
5257 struct pa_it *insn;
5258{
5259 offsetT value;
5260 expressionS exp;
5261 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5262
5263 exp = insn->exp;
5264 value = exp.X_add_number;
5265
5266 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5267}
5268
5269/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5270 argument location number. */
5271
5272static unsigned int
5273pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5274 char *type_name;
5275{
5276
5277 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5278 return 0;
5279 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5280 return 1;
5281 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5282 return 2;
5283 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5284 return 3;
5285 else
5286 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5287
5288 return 0;
5289}
5290
5291/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5292 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5293
5294static unsigned int
5295pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5296 unsigned int reg;
5297 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5298{
5299 unsigned int new_reloc;
5300
5301 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5302 switch (reg)
5303 {
5304 case 0:
5305 new_reloc <<= 8;
5306 break;
5307 case 1:
5308 new_reloc <<= 6;
5309 break;
5310 case 2:
5311 new_reloc <<= 4;
5312 break;
5313 case 3:
5314 new_reloc <<= 2;
5315 break;
5316 default:
5317 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5318 }
5319
5320 return new_reloc;
5321}
5322
5323/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5324 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5325
5326static int
5327pa_parse_nullif (s)
5328 char **s;
5329{
5330 int nullif;
5331
5332 nullif = 0;
5333 if (**s == ',')
5334 {
5335 *s = *s + 1;
5336 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5337 nullif = 1;
5338 else
5339 {
5340 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5341 nullif = 0;
5342 }
5343 *s = *s + 1;
5344 }
5345
5346 return nullif;
5347}
5348
5349/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5350 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5351
5352static int
5353pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5354 char **s;
5355{
5356 int cmpltr;
5357 char *name = *s + 1;
5358 char c;
5359 char *save_s = *s;
5360 int nullify = 0;
5361
5362 cmpltr = 0;
5363 if (**s == ',')
5364 {
5365 *s += 1;
5366 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5367 *s += 1;
5368 c = **s;
5369 **s = 0x00;
5370
5371 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5372 {
5373 cmpltr = 1;
5374 }
5375 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5376 {
5377 cmpltr = 2;
5378 }
5379 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5380 {
5381 cmpltr = 3;
5382 }
5383 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5384 {
5385 cmpltr = 4;
5386 }
5387 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5388 {
5389 cmpltr = 5;
5390 }
5391 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5392 {
5393 cmpltr = 6;
5394 }
5395 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5396 {
5397 cmpltr = 7;
5398 }
5399 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5400 completer. */
5401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 0;
5404 nullify = 1;
5405 }
5406 else
5407 {
5408 cmpltr = -1;
5409 }
5410 **s = c;
5411 }
5412
5413 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5414 if (nullify)
5415 *s = save_s;
5416
5417 return cmpltr;
5418}
5419
5420/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5421 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5422
5423static int
5424pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5425 char **s;
5426{
5427 int cmpltr;
5428 char *name = *s + 1;
5429 char c;
5430 char *save_s = *s;
5431 int nullify = 0;
5432
5433 cmpltr = 0;
5434 if (**s == ',')
5435 {
5436 *s += 1;
5437 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5438 *s += 1;
5439 c = **s;
5440 **s = 0x00;
5441
5442 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5443 {
5444 cmpltr = 0;
5445 }
5446 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5447 {
5448 cmpltr = 1;
5449 }
5450 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5451 {
5452 cmpltr = 2;
5453 }
5454 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5455 {
5456 cmpltr = 3;
5457 }
5458 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5459 {
5460 cmpltr = 4;
5461 }
5462 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5463 {
5464 cmpltr = 5;
5465 }
5466 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5467 {
5468 cmpltr = 6;
5469 }
5470 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5471 {
5472 cmpltr = 7;
5473 }
5474 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5475 completer. */
5476 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 0;
5479 nullify = 1;
5480 }
5481 else
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = -1;
5484 }
5485 **s = c;
5486 }
5487
5488 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5489 if (nullify)
5490 *s = save_s;
5491
5492 return cmpltr;
5493}
5494
5495/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5496 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5497
5498 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5499 returned as 8-15. */
5500
5501static int
5502pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5503 char **s;
5504{
5505 int cmpltr;
5506 char *name = *s + 1;
5507 char c;
5508
5509 cmpltr = -1;
5510 if (**s == ',')
5511 {
5512 *s += 1;
5513 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5514 *s += 1;
5515 c = **s;
5516 **s = 0x00;
5517
5518 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5519 {
5520 cmpltr = 0;
5521 }
5522 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5523 {
5524 cmpltr = 1;
5525 }
5526 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5527 {
5528 cmpltr = 2;
5529 }
5530 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5531 {
5532 cmpltr = 3;
5533 }
5534 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5535 {
5536 cmpltr = 4;
5537 }
5538 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5539 {
5540 cmpltr = 5;
5541 }
5542 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5543 {
5544 cmpltr = 6;
5545 }
5546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5547 {
5548 cmpltr = 7;
5549 }
5550 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5551 {
5552 cmpltr = 8;
5553 }
5554 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5555 {
5556 cmpltr = 9;
5557 }
5558 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5559 {
5560 cmpltr = 10;
5561 }
5562 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5563 {
5564 cmpltr = 11;
5565 }
5566 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5567 {
5568 cmpltr = 12;
5569 }
5570 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5571 {
5572 cmpltr = 13;
5573 }
5574 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5575 {
5576 cmpltr = 14;
5577 }
5578 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5579 {
5580 cmpltr = 15;
5581 }
5582 else
5583 {
5584 cmpltr = -1;
5585 }
5586 **s = c;
5587 }
5588
5589 return cmpltr;
5590}
5591
5592/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5593 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5594
5595static int
5596pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5597 char **s;
5598{
5599 int cmpltr;
5600 char *name = *s + 1;
5601 char c;
5602
5603 cmpltr = -1;
5604 if (**s == ',')
5605 {
5606 *s += 1;
5607 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5608 *s += 1;
5609 c = **s;
5610 **s = 0x00;
5611
5612 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5613 {
5614 cmpltr = 0;
5615 }
5616 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5617 {
5618 cmpltr = 1;
5619 }
5620 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5621 {
5622 cmpltr = 2;
5623 }
5624 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5625 {
5626 cmpltr = 3;
5627 }
5628 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5629 {
5630 cmpltr = 4;
5631 }
5632 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5633 {
5634 cmpltr = 5;
5635 }
5636 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5637 {
5638 cmpltr = 6;
5639 }
5640 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5641 {
5642 cmpltr = 7;
5643 }
5644 else
5645 {
5646 cmpltr = -1;
5647 }
5648 **s = c;
5649 }
5650
5651 return cmpltr;
5652}
5653
5654/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5655 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5656
5657static int
5658pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5659 char **s;
5660{
5661 int cmpltr;
5662 char *name = *s + 1;
5663 char c;
5664 char *save_s = *s;
5665 int nullify = 0;
5666
5667 cmpltr = 0;
5668 if (**s == ',')
5669 {
5670 *s += 1;
5671 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5672 *s += 1;
5673 c = **s;
5674 **s = 0x00;
5675 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5676 {
5677 cmpltr = 1;
5678 }
5679 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5680 {
5681 cmpltr = 2;
5682 }
5683 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5684 {
5685 cmpltr = 3;
5686 }
5687 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5688 {
5689 cmpltr = 4;
5690 }
5691 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5692 {
5693 cmpltr = 5;
5694 }
5695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5696 {
5697 cmpltr = 6;
5698 }
5699 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5700 {
5701 cmpltr = 7;
5702 }
5703 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5704 completer. */
5705 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5706 {
5707 cmpltr = 0;
5708 nullify = 1;
5709 }
5710 else
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = -1;
5713 }
5714 **s = c;
5715 }
5716
5717 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5718 if (nullify)
5719 *s = save_s;
5720
5721 return cmpltr;
5722}
5723
5724/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5725 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5726
5727static int
5728pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5729 char **s;
5730{
5731 int cmpltr;
5732 char *name = *s + 1;
5733 char c;
5734 char *save_s = *s;
5735 int nullify = 0;
5736
5737 cmpltr = 0;
5738 if (**s == ',')
5739 {
5740 *s += 1;
5741 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5742 *s += 1;
5743 c = **s;
5744 **s = 0x00;
5745 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5746 {
5747 cmpltr = 0;
5748 }
5749 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5750 {
5751 cmpltr = 1;
5752 }
5753 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5754 {
5755 cmpltr = 2;
5756 }
5757 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5758 {
5759 cmpltr = 3;
5760 }
5761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5762 {
5763 cmpltr = 4;
5764 }
5765 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5766 {
5767 cmpltr = 5;
5768 }
5769 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5770 {
5771 cmpltr = 6;
5772 }
5773 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5774 {
5775 cmpltr = 7;
5776 }
5777 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5778 completer. */
5779 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 0;
5782 nullify = 1;
5783 }
5784 else
5785 {
5786 cmpltr = -1;
5787 }
5788 **s = c;
5789 }
5790
5791 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5792 if (nullify)
5793 *s = save_s;
5794
5795 return cmpltr;
5796}
5797
5798/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5799 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5800
5801static int
5802pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5803 char **s;
5804{
5805 int cmpltr;
5806 char *name = *s + 1;
5807 char c;
5808 char *save_s = *s;
5809 int nullify = 0;
5810
5811 cmpltr = 0;
5812 if (**s == ',')
5813 {
5814 *s += 1;
5815 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5816 *s += 1;
5817 c = **s;
5818 **s = 0x00;
5819 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5820 {
5821 cmpltr = 1;
5822 }
5823 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5824 {
5825 cmpltr = 2;
5826 }
5827 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5828 {
5829 cmpltr = 3;
5830 }
5831 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 4;
5834 }
5835 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5836 {
5837 cmpltr = 5;
5838 }
5839 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5840 {
5841 cmpltr = 6;
5842 }
5843 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5844 {
5845 cmpltr = 7;
5846 }
5847 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5848 {
5849 cmpltr = 8;
5850 }
5851 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5852 {
5853 cmpltr = 9;
5854 }
5855 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5856 {
5857 cmpltr = 10;
5858 }
5859 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5860 {
5861 cmpltr = 11;
5862 }
5863 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5864 {
5865 cmpltr = 12;
5866 }
5867 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5868 {
5869 cmpltr = 13;
5870 }
5871 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5872 {
5873 cmpltr = 14;
5874 }
5875 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5876 {
5877 cmpltr = 15;
5878 }
5879 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5880 completer. */
5881 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5882 {
5883 cmpltr = 0;
5884 nullify = 1;
5885 }
5886 else
5887 {
5888 cmpltr = -1;
5889 }
5890 **s = c;
5891 }
5892
5893 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5894 if (nullify)
5895 *s = save_s;
5896
5897 return cmpltr;
5898}
5899
5900#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5901/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5902 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5903static void
5904pa_align (bytes)
5905 int bytes;
5906{
5907 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5908 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5909
5910 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5911 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5912
5913 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5914 alignment if necessary. */
5915 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5916 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5917}
5918#endif
5919
5920/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5921
5922static void
5923pa_block (z)
5924 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5925{
5926 char *p;
5927 long int temp_fill;
5928 unsigned int temp_size;
5929 unsigned int i;
5930
5931#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5932 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5933 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5934#endif
5935
5936 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5937
5938 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5939 temp_fill = 0;
5940
5941 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5942 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5943 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5944
5945 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5946
5947 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5948 {
5949 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5950 (valueT) temp_fill,
5951 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5952 }
5953
5954 pa_undefine_label ();
5955 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5956}
5957
5958/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5959
5960static void
5961pa_brtab (begin)
5962 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5963{
5964
5965#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5966 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5967 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5968 char *where = frag_more (0);
5969
5970 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5971 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5972 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5973 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5974#endif
5975
5976 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5977}
5978
5979/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5980
5981static void
5982pa_try (begin)
5983 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5984{
5985#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5986 expressionS exp;
5987 char *where = frag_more (0);
5988
5989 if (! begin)
5990 expression (&exp);
5991
5992 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5993 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5994
5995 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5996 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5997 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5998 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5999#endif
6000
6001 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6002}
6003
6004/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6005 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6006 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6007
6008static void
6009pa_call (unused)
6010 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6011{
6012#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6013 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6014 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6015#endif
6016
6017 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6018 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6019}
6020
6021/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6022 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6023
6024static void
6025pa_call_args (call_desc)
6026 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6027{
6028 char *name, c, *p;
6029 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6030
6031 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6032 {
6033 name = input_line_pointer;
6034 c = get_symbol_end ();
6035 /* Process a source argument. */
6036 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6037 {
6038 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6039 p = input_line_pointer;
6040 *p = c;
6041 input_line_pointer++;
6042 name = input_line_pointer;
6043 c = get_symbol_end ();
6044 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6045 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6046 }
6047 /* Process a return value. */
6048 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6049 {
6050 p = input_line_pointer;
6051 *p = c;
6052 input_line_pointer++;
6053 name = input_line_pointer;
6054 c = get_symbol_end ();
6055 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6056 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6057 }
6058 else
6059 {
6060 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6061 }
6062 p = input_line_pointer;
6063 *p = c;
6064 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6065 input_line_pointer++;
6066 }
6067}
6068
6069/* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6070
6071static int
6072is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6073 fragS *frag1;
6074 fragS *frag2;
6075{
6076
6077 if (frag1 == NULL)
6078 return (FALSE);
6079 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6080 return (FALSE);
6081 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6082 return (TRUE);
6083 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6084 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6085 else
6086 return (FALSE);
6087}
6088
6089#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6090/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6091 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6092 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6093 of the unwind spaces. */
6094
6095static void
6096pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6097 struct call_info *call_info;
6098{
6099 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6100 subsegT save_subseg;
6101 unsigned int unwind;
6102 int reloc;
6103 char *p;
6104
6105 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6106 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6107 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6108 return;
6109
6110 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6111 save_seg = now_seg;
6112 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6113 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6114 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6115 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6116 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6117 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6118 {
6119 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6120 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6121 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6122 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6123 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6124 }
6125
6126 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6127
6128 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6129 descriptor. */
6130 p = frag_more (16);
6131
6132 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6133 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6134 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6135 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6136 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6137 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6138
6139 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6140
6141 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6142 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6143 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6144 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6145 finished with its work. */
6146 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6147 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6148 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6149 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6150 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6151
6152 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6153 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6154 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6155
6156 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6157 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6158
6159 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6160 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6161}
6162#endif
6163
6164/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6165 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6166 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6167
6168static void
6169pa_callinfo (unused)
6170 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6171{
6172 char *name, c, *p;
6173 int temp;
6174
6175#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6176 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6177 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6178#endif
6179
6180 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6181 if (!within_procedure)
6182 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6183
6184 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6185 current procedure. */
6186 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6187
6188 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6189 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6190 {
6191 name = input_line_pointer;
6192 c = get_symbol_end ();
6193 /* Frame size specification. */
6194 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6195 {
6196 p = input_line_pointer;
6197 *p = c;
6198 input_line_pointer++;
6199 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6200 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6201 {
6202 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6203 temp = 0;
6204 }
6205
6206 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6207 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6208
6209 }
6210 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6211 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6212 {
6213 p = input_line_pointer;
6214 *p = c;
6215 input_line_pointer++;
6216 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6217 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6218 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6219 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6220 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6221 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6222 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6223 }
6224 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6225 {
6226 p = input_line_pointer;
6227 *p = c;
6228 input_line_pointer++;
6229 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6230 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6231 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6232 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6233 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6234 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6235 }
6236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6237 {
6238 p = input_line_pointer;
6239 *p = c;
6240 input_line_pointer++;
6241 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6242 if (temp != 3)
6243 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6244 }
6245 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6246 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6247 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6248 {
6249 p = input_line_pointer;
6250 *p = c;
6251 }
6252 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6253 {
6254 p = input_line_pointer;
6255 *p = c;
6256 }
6257 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6258 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6259 {
6260 p = input_line_pointer;
6261 *p = c;
6262 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6263 }
6264 /* Likewise for SP. */
6265 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6266 {
6267 p = input_line_pointer;
6268 *p = c;
6269 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6270 }
6271 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6272 in the unwind descriptor. */
6273 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6274 {
6275 p = input_line_pointer;
6276 *p = c;
6277 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6278 }
6279 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6280 unwind descriptor. */
6281 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6282 {
6283 p = input_line_pointer;
6284 *p = c;
6285 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6286 }
6287 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6288 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6289 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6290 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6291 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6292 {
6293 p = input_line_pointer;
6294 *p = c;
6295 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6296 }
6297 else
6298 {
6299 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6300 *input_line_pointer = c;
6301 }
6302 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6303 input_line_pointer++;
6304 }
6305
6306 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6307}
6308
6309#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6310/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6311 label when finished. */
6312static void
6313pa_text (unused)
6314 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6315{
6316#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6317 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6318 current_subspace
6319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6320#endif
6321
6322 s_text (0);
6323 pa_undefine_label ();
6324}
6325
6326/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6327static void
6328pa_data (unused)
6329 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6330{
6331#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6332 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6333 current_subspace
6334 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6335#endif
6336 s_data (0);
6337 pa_undefine_label ();
6338}
6339
6340/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6341 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6342
6343 <label> .comm <length>
6344
6345 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6346 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6347 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6348 and subspace.
6349
6350 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6351
6352 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6353 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6354 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6355 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6356 a pain.
6357
6358 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6359
6360static void
6361pa_comm (unused)
6362 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6363{
6364 unsigned int size;
6365 symbolS *symbol;
6366 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6367
6368 if (label_symbol)
6369 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6370 else
6371 symbol = NULL;
6372
6373 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6374 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6375
6376 if (symbol)
6377 {
6378 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6379 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6380 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6381
6382 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6383 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6384 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6385 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6386 }
6387 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6388}
6389#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6390
6391/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6392
6393static void
6394pa_end (unused)
6395 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6396{
6397 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6398}
6399
6400/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6401static void
6402pa_enter (unused)
6403 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6404{
6405#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6406 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6407 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6408#endif
6409
6410 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6411 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6412}
6413
6414/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6415 procesure. */
6416static void
6417pa_entry (unused)
6418 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6419{
6420#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6421 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6422 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6423#endif
6424
6425 if (!within_procedure)
6426 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6427 else
6428 {
6429 if (!callinfo_found)
6430 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6431 }
6432 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6433 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6434
6435#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6436 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6437 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6438 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6439 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6440
6441 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6442 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6443 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6444 denote the entry and exit points. */
6445 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6446 {
6447 char *where;
6448 unsigned int u;
6449
6450 where = frag_more (0);
6451 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6452 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6453 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6454 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6455 }
6456#endif
6457}
6458
6459/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6460 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6461 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6462static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6463
6464int
6465hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6466 expressionS *resultP;
6467 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6468 expressionS *rightP;
6469{
6470 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6471 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6472 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6473 {
6474 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6475 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6476 }
6477 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6478}
6479
6480/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6481
6482static void
6483pa_equ (reg)
6484 int reg;
6485{
6486 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6487 symbolS *symbol;
6488
6489 if (label_symbol)
6490 {
6491 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6492 if (reg)
6493 {
6494 strict = 1;
6495 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6496 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6497 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6498 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 expressionS exp;
6503 segT seg;
6504
6505 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6506 seg = expression (&exp);
6507 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6508 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6509 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6510 {
6511 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6512 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6513 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6514 seg = absolute_section;
6515 }
6516 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6517 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6518 }
6519 }
6520 else
6521 {
6522 if (reg)
6523 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6524 else
6525 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6526 }
6527
6528 pa_undefine_label ();
6529 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6530}
6531
6532/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6533 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6534 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6535
6536static void
6537process_exit ()
6538{
6539 char *where;
6540
6541 where = frag_more (0);
6542
6543#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6544 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6545 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6546 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6547 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6548 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6549#else
6550 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6551 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6552 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6553 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6554
6555 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6556 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6557 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6558 denote the entry and exit points. */
6559 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6560 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6561 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6562 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6563#endif
6564}
6565
6566/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6567
6568static void
6569pa_exit (unused)
6570 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6571{
6572#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6573 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6574 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6575#endif
6576
6577 if (!within_procedure)
6578 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6579 else
6580 {
6581 if (!callinfo_found)
6582 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6583 else
6584 {
6585 if (!within_entry_exit)
6586 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6587 else
6588 {
6589 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6590 process_exit ();
6591 }
6592 }
6593 }
6594 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6595}
6596
6597/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6598 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6599 to callers. */
6600
6601static void
6602pa_export (unused)
6603 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6604{
6605 char *name, c, *p;
6606 symbolS *symbol;
6607
6608 name = input_line_pointer;
6609 c = get_symbol_end ();
6610 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6611 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6612 {
6613 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6614 p = input_line_pointer;
6615 *p = c;
6616 input_line_pointer++;
6617 }
6618 else
6619 {
6620 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6621 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6622 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6623 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6624 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6625 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6626 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6627 p = input_line_pointer;
6628 *p = c;
6629 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6630 {
6631 input_line_pointer++;
6632 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6633 }
6634 }
6635
6636 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6637}
6638
6639/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6640
6641static void
6642pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6643 symbolS *symbolP;
6644 int is_export;
6645{
6646 char *name, c, *p;
6647 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6648 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6649 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6650
6651 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6652
6653 {
6654 input_line_pointer += 8;
6655 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6656 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6657 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6658 }
6659 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6660 {
6661 input_line_pointer += 4;
6662 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6663 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6664
6665 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6666 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6667 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6668 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6669 {
6670 if (is_export)
6671 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6672 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6673
6674 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6675 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6676 }
6677 else
6678 {
6679 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6680 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6681 }
6682 }
6683 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6684 {
6685 input_line_pointer += 4;
6686 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6687 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6688 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6689 }
6690 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6691 {
6692 input_line_pointer += 5;
6693 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6694 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6695 }
6696 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6697 {
6698 input_line_pointer += 9;
6699 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6700#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6701 {
6702 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6703 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6704 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6705 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6706 }
6707#endif
6708 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6709 }
6710 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6711 {
6712 input_line_pointer += 6;
6713 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6714 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6715 }
6716 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6717 {
6718 input_line_pointer += 8;
6719 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6720 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6721 }
6722 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer += 8;
6725 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6726 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6727 }
6728
6729 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6730 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6731 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6732#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6733 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6734#endif
6735
6736 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6737 handle any argument relocation information. */
6738 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6739 {
6740 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6741 input_line_pointer++;
6742 name = input_line_pointer;
6743 c = get_symbol_end ();
6744 /* Argument sources. */
6745 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6746 {
6747 p = input_line_pointer;
6748 *p = c;
6749 input_line_pointer++;
6750 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6751 name = input_line_pointer;
6752 c = get_symbol_end ();
6753 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6754#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6755 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6756#endif
6757 *input_line_pointer = c;
6758 }
6759 /* The return value. */
6760 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6761 {
6762 p = input_line_pointer;
6763 *p = c;
6764 input_line_pointer++;
6765 name = input_line_pointer;
6766 c = get_symbol_end ();
6767 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6768#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6769 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6770#endif
6771 *input_line_pointer = c;
6772 }
6773 /* Privelege level. */
6774 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6775 {
6776 p = input_line_pointer;
6777 *p = c;
6778 input_line_pointer++;
6779 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6780#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6781 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6782#endif
6783 c = get_symbol_end ();
6784 *input_line_pointer = c;
6785 }
6786 else
6787 {
6788 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6789 p = input_line_pointer;
6790 *p = c;
6791 }
6792 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6793 input_line_pointer++;
6794 }
6795}
6796
6797/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6798 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6799 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6800
6801static void
6802pa_import (unused)
6803 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6804{
6805 char *name, c, *p;
6806 symbolS *symbol;
6807
6808 name = input_line_pointer;
6809 c = get_symbol_end ();
6810
6811 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6812 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6813 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6814 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6815 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6816 {
6817 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6818 p = input_line_pointer;
6819 *p = c;
6820
6821 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6822 {
6823 input_line_pointer++;
6824 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6829 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6830 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6831 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6832 if (now_seg == text_section)
6833 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6834
6835 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6836 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6837 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6838 }
6839 }
6840 else
6841 {
6842 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6843 the end of the current statement. */
6844 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6845 input_line_pointer++;
6846 }
6847
6848 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6849}
6850
6851/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6852
6853static void
6854pa_label (unused)
6855 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6856{
6857 char *name, c, *p;
6858
6859 name = input_line_pointer;
6860 c = get_symbol_end ();
6861
6862 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6863 {
6864 colon (name);
6865 p = input_line_pointer;
6866 *p = c;
6867 }
6868 else
6869 {
6870 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6871 }
6872
6873 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6874 {
6875 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6876 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6877 }
6878 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6879}
6880
6881/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6882
6883static void
6884pa_leave (unused)
6885 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6886{
6887#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6888 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6889 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6890#endif
6891
6892 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6893 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6894}
6895
6896/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6897
6898static void
6899pa_level (unused)
6900 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6901{
6902 char *level;
6903
6904 level = input_line_pointer;
6905 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6906 {
6907 input_line_pointer += 3;
6908 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6909 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6910 }
6911 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6912 {
6913 input_line_pointer += 3;
6914 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6915 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6916 }
6917 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6918 {
6919 input_line_pointer += 4;
6920 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6921 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6922 }
6923 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6924 {
6925 input_line_pointer += 3;
6926 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6927 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6928 }
6929 else
6930 {
6931 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6932 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6933 }
6934 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6935}
6936
6937/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6938
6939static void
6940pa_origin (unused)
6941 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6942{
6943#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6944 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6945 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6946#endif
6947
6948 s_org (0);
6949 pa_undefine_label ();
6950}
6951
6952/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6953 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6954
6955static void
6956pa_param (unused)
6957 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6958{
6959 char *name, c, *p;
6960 symbolS *symbol;
6961
6962 name = input_line_pointer;
6963 c = get_symbol_end ();
6964
6965 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6966 {
6967 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6968 p = input_line_pointer;
6969 *p = c;
6970 input_line_pointer++;
6971 }
6972 else
6973 {
6974 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6975 p = input_line_pointer;
6976 *p = c;
6977 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6978 {
6979 input_line_pointer++;
6980 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6981 }
6982 }
6983
6984 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6985}
6986
6987/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6988 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6989
6990static void
6991pa_proc (unused)
6992 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6993{
6994 struct call_info *call_info;
6995
6996#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6997 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6998 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6999#endif
7000
7001 if (within_procedure)
7002 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7003
7004 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7005 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7006 within_procedure = TRUE;
7007
7008 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7009 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7010
7011 if (!call_info)
7012 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7013
7014 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7015
7016 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7017
7018 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7019 {
7020 call_info_root = call_info;
7021 last_call_info = call_info;
7022 }
7023 else
7024 {
7025 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7026 last_call_info = call_info;
7027 }
7028
7029 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7030
7031 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7032 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7033 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7034
7035 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7036 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7037 {
7038 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7039
7040 if (label_symbol)
7041 {
7042 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7043 {
7044 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7045 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7046 }
7047 else
7048 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7049 }
7050 else
7051 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7052 }
7053
7054 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7055}
7056
7057/* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7058 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7059
7060static void
7061pa_procend (unused)
7062 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7063{
7064
7065#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7066 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7067 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7068#endif
7069
7070 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7071 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7072 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7073
7074 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7075 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7076 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7077 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7078 {
7079 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7080
7081 if (label_symbol)
7082 {
7083 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7084 {
7085 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7086 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7087 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7088#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7089 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7090 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7091 if (within_entry_exit)
7092 {
7093 char *where;
7094 unsigned int u;
7095
7096 where = frag_more (0);
7097 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7098 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7099 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7100 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7101 }
7102#endif
7103 }
7104 else
7105 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7106 }
7107 else
7108 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7109 }
7110
7111 if (!within_procedure)
7112 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7113
7114 if (!callinfo_found)
7115 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7116
7117 if (within_entry_exit)
7118 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7119
7120#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7121 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7122 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7123 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7124#endif
7125
7126 within_procedure = FALSE;
7127 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7128 pa_undefine_label ();
7129}
7130
7131#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7132/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7133 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7134
7135static int
7136log2 (value)
7137 int value;
7138{
7139 int shift = 0;
7140
7141 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7142 shift++;
7143
7144 if (shift >= 32)
7145 return -1;
7146 else
7147 return shift;
7148}
7149
7150/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7151
7152static void
7153pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7154{
7155 if (current_space == NULL)
7156 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7157
7158 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7159 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7160}
7161
7162/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7163 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7164 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7165
7166static sd_chain_struct *
7167pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7168 char *space_name;
7169 int create_flag;
7170{
7171 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7172 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7173 int spnum;
7174 asection *seg = NULL;
7175 sd_chain_struct *space;
7176
7177 /* load default values */
7178 spnum = 0;
7179 sort = 0;
7180 loadable = TRUE;
7181 defined = TRUE;
7182 private = FALSE;
7183 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7184 {
7185 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7186 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7187 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7188 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7189 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7190 }
7191 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7192 {
7193 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7194 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7195 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7196 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7197 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7198 }
7199
7200 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7201 {
7202 print_errors = FALSE;
7203 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7204 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7205 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7206 the line should be ignored. */
7207 strict = 0;
7208 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7209 if (pa_number >= 0)
7210 {
7211 spnum = pa_number;
7212 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7213 }
7214 else
7215 {
7216 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7217 {
7218 input_line_pointer++;
7219 name = input_line_pointer;
7220 c = get_symbol_end ();
7221 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7222 {
7223 *input_line_pointer = c;
7224 input_line_pointer++;
7225 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7226 }
7227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7228 {
7229 *input_line_pointer = c;
7230 input_line_pointer++;
7231 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7232 }
7233 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7234 {
7235 *input_line_pointer = c;
7236 loadable = FALSE;
7237 }
7238 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7239 {
7240 *input_line_pointer = c;
7241 defined = FALSE;
7242 }
7243 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7244 {
7245 *input_line_pointer = c;
7246 private = TRUE;
7247 }
7248 else
7249 {
7250 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7251 *input_line_pointer = c;
7252 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7253 input_line_pointer++;
7254 }
7255 }
7256 }
7257 print_errors = TRUE;
7258 }
7259
7260 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7261 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7262
7263 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7264 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7265 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7266 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7267 if (create_flag)
7268 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7269 private, sort, seg, 1);
7270 else
7271 {
7272 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7273 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7274 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7275 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7276 }
7277
7278#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7279 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7280#endif
7281
7282 return space;
7283}
7284
7285/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7286 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7287
7288static void
7289pa_space (unused)
7290 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7291{
7292 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7293 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7294
7295 if (within_procedure)
7296 {
7297 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7298 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7299 }
7300 else
7301 {
7302 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7303 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7304 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7305 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7306 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7307 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7308 {
7309 input_line_pointer += 6;
7310 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7311 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7312 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7313 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7314 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7315
7316 current_space = sd_chain;
7317 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 current_subspace
7319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7320 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7322 return;
7323 }
7324 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7325 {
7326 input_line_pointer += 9;
7327 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7328 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7329 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7330 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7331 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7332
7333 current_space = sd_chain;
7334 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7339 return;
7340 }
7341 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7342 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7343 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7344 {
7345 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7346 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7347 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7348 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7349 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7350 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7351
7352 current_space = sd_chain;
7353
7354 {
7355 asection *gdb_section
7356 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7357
7358 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 current_subspace
7360 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7361 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 }
7363 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7364 return;
7365 }
7366
7367 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7368 print_errors = 0;
7369 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7370 strict = 0;
7371 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7372 if (pa_number >= 0)
7373 {
7374 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7375 {
7376 current_space = sd_chain;
7377
7378 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7379 current_subspace
7380 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7381 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7382 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7383 return;
7384 }
7385 }
7386
7387 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7388 print_errors = 1;
7389 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7390 name = input_line_pointer;
7391 c = get_symbol_end ();
7392 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7393 strcpy (space_name, name);
7394 *input_line_pointer = c;
7395
7396 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7397 current_space = sd_chain;
7398
7399 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7400 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7401 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7402 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7403 }
7404}
7405
7406/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7407
7408static void
7409pa_spnum (unused)
7410 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7411{
7412 char *name;
7413 char c;
7414 char *p;
7415 sd_chain_struct *space;
7416
7417 name = input_line_pointer;
7418 c = get_symbol_end ();
7419 space = is_defined_space (name);
7420 if (space)
7421 {
7422 p = frag_more (4);
7423 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7424 }
7425 else
7426 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7427
7428 *input_line_pointer = c;
7429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7430}
7431
7432/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7433 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7434
7435 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7436 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7437
7438static void
7439pa_subspace (create_new)
7440 int create_new;
7441{
7442 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7443 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7444 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7445 sd_chain_struct *space;
7446 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7447 asection *section;
7448
7449 if (current_space == NULL)
7450 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7451
7452 if (within_procedure)
7453 {
7454 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7455 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7456 }
7457 else
7458 {
7459 name = input_line_pointer;
7460 c = get_symbol_end ();
7461 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7462 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7463 *input_line_pointer = c;
7464
7465 /* Load default values. */
7466 sort = 0;
7467 access = 0x7f;
7468 loadable = 1;
7469 common = 0;
7470 dup_common = 0;
7471 code_only = 0;
7472 zero = 0;
7473 space_index = ~0;
7474 alignment = 1;
7475 quadrant = 0;
7476
7477 space = current_space;
7478 if (create_new)
7479 ssd = NULL;
7480 else
7481 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7482 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7483 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7484 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7485 {
7486 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7487 current_subspace = ssd;
7488 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7489 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7490 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7491 return;
7492 }
7493 else
7494 {
7495 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7496 the builtin subspaces. */
7497 i = 0;
7498 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7499 {
7500 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7501 {
7502 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7503 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7504 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7505 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7506 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7507 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7508 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7509 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7510 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7511 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7512 break;
7513 }
7514 i++;
7515 }
7516 }
7517
7518 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7519 any information as specified by the user. */
7520 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7521 {
7522 input_line_pointer++;
7523 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7524 {
7525 name = input_line_pointer;
7526 c = get_symbol_end ();
7527 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7528 {
7529 *input_line_pointer = c;
7530 input_line_pointer++;
7531 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7532 }
7533 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7534 {
7535 *input_line_pointer = c;
7536 input_line_pointer++;
7537 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7538 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7539 {
7540 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7541 alignment = 1;
7542 }
7543 }
7544 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7545 {
7546 *input_line_pointer = c;
7547 input_line_pointer++;
7548 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7549 }
7550 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7551 {
7552 *input_line_pointer = c;
7553 input_line_pointer++;
7554 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7555 }
7556 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 code_only = 1;
7560 }
7561 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7562 {
7563 *input_line_pointer = c;
7564 loadable = 0;
7565 }
7566 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7567 {
7568 *input_line_pointer = c;
7569 common = 1;
7570 }
7571 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7572 {
7573 *input_line_pointer = c;
7574 dup_common = 1;
7575 }
7576 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7577 {
7578 *input_line_pointer = c;
7579 zero = 1;
7580 }
7581 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7582 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7583 else
7584 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7585 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7586 input_line_pointer++;
7587 }
7588 }
7589
7590 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7591 in the .subspace directive. */
7592 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7593 flags = 0;
7594 if (loadable)
7595 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7596 if (code_only)
7597 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7598 if (common || dup_common)
7599 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7600
7601 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7602
7603 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7604 if (zero)
7605 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7606
7607 applicable &= flags;
7608
7609 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7610 segment already associated with the subspace.
7611
7612 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7613 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7614 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7615 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7616 if (create_new)
7617 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7618 else if (ssd)
7619 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7620 else
7621 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7622
7623 if (zero)
7624 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7625
7626 /* Now set the flags. */
7627 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7628
7629 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7630 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7631
7632 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7633 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7634 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7635
7636 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7637 or create a new one. */
7638 if (ssd)
7639
7640 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7641 code_only, common, dup_common,
7642 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7643 alignment, quadrant,
7644 section);
7645 else
7646 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7647 code_only, common,
7648 dup_common, zero, sort,
7649 access, space_index,
7650 alignment, quadrant, section);
7651
7652 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7653 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7654 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7655 }
7656 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7657}
7658
7659/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7660
7661static void
7662pa_spaces_begin ()
7663{
7664 int i;
7665
7666 space_dict_root = NULL;
7667 space_dict_last = NULL;
7668
7669 i = 0;
7670 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7671 {
7672 char *name;
7673
7674 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7675 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7676
7677 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7678 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7679 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7680 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7681 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7682 i++;
7683 }
7684
7685 i = 0;
7686 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7687 {
7688 char *name;
7689 int applicable, subsegment;
7690 asection *segment = NULL;
7691 sd_chain_struct *space;
7692
7693 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7694 subsegment number. */
7695 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7696 subsegment = 0;
7697
7698 /* Create the new section. */
7699 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7700
7701 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7702 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7703 all the built-in subspaces. */
7704 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7705 {
7706 text_section = segment;
7707 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7708 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7709 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7710 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7711 | SEC_READONLY
7712 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7713 }
7714 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7715 {
7716 data_section = segment;
7717 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7718 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7719 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7720 | SEC_RELOC
7721 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7722
7723 }
7724 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7725 {
7726 bss_section = segment;
7727 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7728 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7729 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7730 }
7731 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7732 {
7733 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7734 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7735 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7736 | SEC_RELOC
7737 | SEC_READONLY
7738 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7739 }
7740 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7741 {
7742 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7743 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7744 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7745 | SEC_RELOC
7746 | SEC_READONLY
7747 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7748 }
7749 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7750 {
7751 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7752 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7753 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7754 | SEC_RELOC
7755 | SEC_READONLY
7756 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7760 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7761 def_space_index].segment);
7762 if (space == NULL)
7763 {
7764 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7766 }
7767
7768 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7770 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7771 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7779 segment);
7780 i++;
7781 }
7782}
7783
7784/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7785 by the given parameters. */
7786
7787static sd_chain_struct *
7788create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7789 sort, seg, user_defined)
7790 char *name;
7791 int spnum;
7792 int loadable;
7793 int defined;
7794 int private;
7795 int sort;
7796 asection *seg;
7797 int user_defined;
7798{
7799 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7800
7801 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7802 if (!chain_entry)
7803 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7804 name);
7805
7806 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7807 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7808 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7809 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7810 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7811
7812 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7813 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7814 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7815 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7816
7817 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7818 if (!space_dict_last)
7819 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7820
7821 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7822 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7823 else
7824 {
7825 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7826 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7827
7828 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7829 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7830
7831 while (chain_pointer)
7832 {
7833 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7834 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7835 }
7836
7837 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7838 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7839 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7840 {
7841 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7842 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7843 }
7844 else
7845 {
7846 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7847 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7848 }
7849
7850 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7851 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7855 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7856 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7857 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7858#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7859 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7860#endif
7861
7862 return chain_entry;
7863}
7864
7865/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7866 by the given parameters.
7867
7868 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7869 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7870
7871static ssd_chain_struct *
7872create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7873 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7874 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7875 sd_chain_struct *space;
7876 char *name;
7877 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7878 int sort;
7879 int access;
7880 int space_index;
7881 int alignment;
7882 int quadrant;
7883 asection *seg;
7884{
7885 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7886
7887 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7888 if (!chain_entry)
7889 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7890
7891 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7892 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7893
7894 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7895 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7896 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7897
7898 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7899 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7900 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7901
7902 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7903 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7904 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7905 else
7906 {
7907 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7908 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7909
7910 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7911 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7912
7913 while (chain_pointer)
7914 {
7915 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7916 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7917 }
7918
7919 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7920 the links. */
7921 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7922 {
7923 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7924 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7925 }
7926 else
7927 {
7928 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7929 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7930 }
7931 }
7932
7933#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7934 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7935 sort, quadrant);
7936#endif
7937
7938 return chain_entry;
7939}
7940
7941/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7942 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7943
7944static ssd_chain_struct *
7945update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7946 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7947 sd_chain_struct *space;
7948 char *name;
7949 int loadable;
7950 int code_only;
7951 int common;
7952 int dup_common;
7953 int zero;
7954 int sort;
7955 int access;
7956 int space_index;
7957 int alignment;
7958 int quadrant;
7959 asection *section;
7960{
7961 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7962
7963 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7964
7965#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7966 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7967 sort, quadrant);
7968#endif
7969
7970 return chain_entry;
7971}
7972
7973/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7974 NULL if no such space exists. */
7975
7976static sd_chain_struct *
7977is_defined_space (name)
7978 char *name;
7979{
7980 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7981
7982 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7983 chain_pointer;
7984 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7985 {
7986 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7987 return chain_pointer;
7988 }
7989
7990 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7991 return NULL;
7992}
7993
7994/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7995 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7996
7997 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7998 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7999
8000static sd_chain_struct *
8001pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8002 asection *seg;
8003{
8004 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8005
8006 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8007 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8008 space_chain;
8009 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8010 {
8011 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8012 return space_chain;
8013 }
8014
8015 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8016 return NULL;
8017}
8018
8019/* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8020 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8021
8022 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8023 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8024 own subspace. */
8025
8026static ssd_chain_struct *
8027is_defined_subspace (name)
8028 char *name;
8029{
8030 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8031 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8032
8033 /* Walk through each space. */
8034 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8035 space_chain;
8036 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8037 {
8038 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8039 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8040 subspace_chain;
8041 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8042 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8043 return subspace_chain;
8044 }
8045
8046 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8047 return NULL;
8048}
8049
8050/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8051 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8052
8053 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8054 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8055 to become more efficient. */
8056
8057static ssd_chain_struct *
8058pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8059 asection *seg;
8060 subsegT subseg;
8061{
8062 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8063 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8064
8065 /* Walk through each space. */
8066 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8067 space_chain;
8068 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8069 {
8070 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8071 {
8072 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8073 the correct mapping. */
8074 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8075 subspace_chain;
8076 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8077 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8078 return subspace_chain;
8079 }
8080 }
8081
8082 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8083 return NULL;
8084}
8085
8086/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8087
8088 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8089 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8090
8091static sd_chain_struct *
8092pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8093 int number;
8094{
8095 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8096
8097 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8098 space_chain;
8099 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8100 {
8101 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8102 return space_chain;
8103 }
8104
8105 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8106 return NULL;
8107}
8108
8109/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8110 address is unknown then return zero. */
8111
8112static unsigned int
8113pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8114 sd_chain_struct *space;
8115 int quadrant;
8116{
8117 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8118 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8119 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8120 return 0x40000000;
8121 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8122 return 0x40000000;
8123 else
8124 return 0;
8125 return 0;
8126}
8127
8128/* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8129static int
8130pa_next_subseg (space)
8131 sd_chain_struct *space;
8132{
8133
8134 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8135 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8136}
8137#endif
8138
8139/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8140 a string. */
8141
8142static unsigned int
8143pa_stringer_aux (s)
8144 char *s;
8145{
8146 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8147
8148 switch (c)
8149 {
8150 case '\"':
8151 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8152 break;
8153 default:
8154 break;
8155 }
8156 return c;
8157}
8158
8159/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8160
8161static void
8162pa_stringer (append_zero)
8163 int append_zero;
8164{
8165 char *s, num_buf[4];
8166 unsigned int c;
8167 int i;
8168
8169 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8170 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8171 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8172
8173#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8174 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8175 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8176#endif
8177
8178 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8179 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8180
8181 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8182 {
8183 if (c == '\\')
8184 {
8185 c = *s;
8186 switch (c)
8187 {
8188 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8189 case 'x':
8190 {
8191 unsigned int number;
8192 int num_digit;
8193 char dg;
8194 char *s_start = s;
8195
8196 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8197 s++;
8198 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8199 num_digit < 2
8200 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8201 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8202 num_digit++)
8203 {
8204 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8205 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8206 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8207 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8208 else
8209 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8210
8211 s++;
8212 dg = *s;
8213 }
8214 if (num_digit > 0)
8215 {
8216 switch (num_digit)
8217 {
8218 case 1:
8219 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8220 break;
8221 case 2:
8222 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8223 break;
8224 }
8225 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8226 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8227 }
8228 break;
8229 }
8230 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8231 default:
8232 s++;
8233 break;
8234 }
8235 }
8236 }
8237 stringer (append_zero);
8238 pa_undefine_label ();
8239}
8240
8241/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8242
8243static void
8244pa_version (unused)
8245 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8246{
8247 obj_version (0);
8248 pa_undefine_label ();
8249}
8250
8251#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8252
8253/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8254
8255static void
8256pa_compiler (unused)
8257 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8258{
8259 obj_som_compiler (0);
8260 pa_undefine_label ();
8261}
8262
8263#endif
8264
8265/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8266
8267static void
8268pa_copyright (unused)
8269 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8270{
8271 obj_copyright (0);
8272 pa_undefine_label ();
8273}
8274
8275/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8276 the latest space label. */
8277
8278static void
8279pa_cons (nbytes)
8280 int nbytes;
8281{
8282 cons (nbytes);
8283 pa_undefine_label ();
8284}
8285
8286/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8287
8288static void
8289pa_float_cons (float_type)
8290 int float_type;
8291{
8292 float_cons (float_type);
8293 pa_undefine_label ();
8294}
8295
8296/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8297
8298static void
8299pa_fill (unused)
8300 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8301{
8302#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8303 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8304 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8305#endif
8306
8307 s_fill (0);
8308 pa_undefine_label ();
8309}
8310
8311/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8312
8313static void
8314pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8315 int needs_align;
8316{
8317#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8318 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8319 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8320#endif
8321
8322 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8323 pa_undefine_label ();
8324}
8325
8326/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8327
8328static void
8329pa_lsym (unused)
8330 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8331{
8332#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8333 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8334 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8335#endif
8336
8337 s_lsym (0);
8338 pa_undefine_label ();
8339}
8340
8341/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8342 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8343 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8344
8345 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8346 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8347 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8348 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8349 with the address of "foo").
8350
8351 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8352 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8353 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8354
8355 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8356 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8357 selectors).
8358
8359 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8360 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8361
8362 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8363 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8364 right bits out of an instruction. */
8365
8366int
8367hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8368 fixS *fixp;
8369{
8370 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8371
8372 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8373
8374#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8375 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8376 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8377 return 0;
8378#endif
8379
8380#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8381 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8382 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8383 return 0;
8384#endif
8385
8386 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8387 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8388 return 0;
8389
8390 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8391 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8392
8393 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8394 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8395 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8396 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8397 && fixp->fx_subsy
8398 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8399 {
8400 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8401 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8402 return 0;
8403 }
8404
8405 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8406
8407 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8408 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8409 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8410 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8411 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8412 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8413 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8414 sum to the right value.
8415
8416 eg. Suppose we have
8417 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8418 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8419 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8420
8421 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8422 reducing to the section symbol we get
8423 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8424 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8425 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8426 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8427 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8428
8429 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8430 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8431 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8432 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8433 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8434
8435 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8436 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8437 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8438 return 0;
8439
8440 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8441 relocations with plabels. */
8442 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8443 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8444 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8445 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8446 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8447 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8448 return 0;
8449
8450 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8451 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8452 return 0;
8453
8454 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8455 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8456 return 0;
8457
8458 return 1;
8459}
8460
8461/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8462 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8463 within GAS. */
8464
8465int
8466hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8467 struct fix *fixp;
8468{
8469 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8470
8471 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8472#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8473 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8474 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8475 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8476 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8477 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8478 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8479 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8480 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8481 return 1;
8482#endif
8483#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8484 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8485 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8486 return 1;
8487#endif
8488
8489 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8490
8491 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8492 linking works. */
8493 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8494 return 1;
8495
8496 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8497 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8498 call stub. */
8499 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8500 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8501 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8502 return 1;
8503
8504 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8505 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8506 {
8507 valueT distance;
8508
8509 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8510 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8511 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8512 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8513#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8514 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8515#endif
8516 )
8517 return 1;
8518 }
8519
8520 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8521 return 1;
8522
8523 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8524 return 0;
8525}
8526
8527/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8528#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8529/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8530 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8531
8532static void
8533hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8534{
8535 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8536 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8537 char *name;
8538
8539 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8540 {
8541 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8542 or other problems. */
8543 return;
8544 }
8545
8546 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8547 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8548 + 1);
8549 if (name)
8550 {
8551 symbolS *symbolP;
8552
8553 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8554 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8555
8556 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8557 symbol will have already been defined. */
8558 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8559 if (symbolP)
8560 {
8561 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8562 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8563
8564 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8565 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8566 xfree (name);
8567 }
8568 else
8569 {
8570 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8571 last instruction of the function */
8572 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8573 frag_now);
8574
8575 assert (symbolP);
8576 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8577 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8578 }
8579
8580 if (symbolP)
8581 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8582 else
8583 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8584
8585 }
8586 else
8587 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8588
8589}
8590
8591/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8592 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8593 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8594 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8595
8596void
8597elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8598{
8599 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8600
8601 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8602 call_info_pointer;
8603 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8604 {
8605 elf_symbol_type *esym
8606 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8607 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8608 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8609 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8610 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8611 }
8612}
8613
8614static void
8615pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8616 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8617{
8618 struct fix *new_fix;
8619
8620 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8621
8622 if (new_fix)
8623 {
8624 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8625 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8626 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8627 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8628 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8629 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8630 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8631 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8632 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8633 }
8634}
8635
8636static void
8637pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8638 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8639{
8640 struct fix *new_fix;
8641
8642 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8643
8644 if (new_fix)
8645 {
8646 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8647 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8648 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8649 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8650 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8651 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8652 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8653 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8654 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8655 }
8656}
8657#endif
Empty description
This page took 0.134401 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.